mirrors/nano
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of git://git.sv.gnu.org/nano.git synced 2024-12-26 04:16:55 +03:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Upgraded to gettext 0.11.2.

Browse Source 
git-svn-id: svn://svn.savannah.gnu.org/nano/trunk/nano@1219 35c25a1d-7b9e-4130-9fde-d3aeb78583b8
This commit is contained in:
Jordi Mallach 2002-06-03 12:32:28 +00:00
parent 75d057238a
commit bd338658be
79 changed files with 3947 additions and 9337 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

323
ABOUT-NLS
View File

@ -113,6 +113,13 @@ But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
locales supported by your system for your country by running the command
`locale -a | grep '^LL''.
Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
@ -164,128 +171,202 @@ Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
2001. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of April
2002. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
bfd | |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] |
fetchmail | |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] |
freetype | |
gas | |
gawk | [] [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | [] |
kbd | |
ld | [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] |
nano | [] [] [] |
opcodes | |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] |
wdiff | [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+----------------------------------------------------+
bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
0 14 24 32 11 1 8 23 13 1 33 22 4 0 7 9 18
Ready PO files bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
+-------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
bfd | [] [] |
binutils | [] [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] |
fetchmail | [] () [] [] [] () |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] [] [] |
gas | [] [] |
gawk | [] [] [] |
gcal | [] [] |
gcc | [] [] |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | [] [] |
gpsdrive | () () () () () |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | () [] [] [] |
jwhois | [] [] |
kbd | [] [] |
ld | [] [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] [] |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] [] |
nano | [] () [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] [] [] |
parted | [] [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | () [] () |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | [] |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
vorbis-tools | |
wastesedge | |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+-------------------------------------+
bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
2 14 11 31 40 10 1 8 41 16 1 50
ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] | 6
bash | | 4
bfd | | 0
binutils | | 1
bison | [] | 6
clisp | [] | 5
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 10
diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 11
enscript | [] [] [] | 5
error | [] [] | 4
fetchmail | | 0
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
flex | [] [] [] | 6
freetype | | 0
gas | | 0
gawk | [] | 3
gcal | | 0
gcc | | 0
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
gnupg | [] [] [] | 10
gprof | | 0
grep | [] [] [] [] | 12
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
id-utils | [] [] [] | 6
indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
jpilot | | 1
kbd | [] | 1
ld | | 1
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
lilypond | [] [] | 3
lynx | [] [] [] [] | 8
m4 | [] [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
mysecretdiary | | 1
nano | [] | 4
opcodes | [] | 1
parted | [] [] | 5
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] | 13
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
sharutils | [] [] [] | 11
sketch | | 0
soundtracker | | 3
sp | | 0
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
texinfo | [] | 7
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
util-linux | [] [] | 4
wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 7
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+----------------------------------------------------+
33 teams ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
53 domains 9 1 6 20 0 6 17 1 13 25 10 11 23 21 2 2 387
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
+-------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () [] |
bash | |
bfd | [] |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] |
clisp | [] |
cpio | [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] |
fetchmail | [] |
fileutils | [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] |
gas | |
gawk | [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] |
gprof | |
gpsdrive | () () |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gretl | |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] |
indent | [] [] [] |
jpilot | () () |
jwhois | [] |
kbd | |
ld | |
libc | [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] [] |
lynx | [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | |
nano | [] [] [] () [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] () [] [] |
opcodes | [] |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] |
sketch | () |
soundtracker | [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] |
util-linux | () [] |
vorbis-tools | |
wastesedge | |
wdiff | [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+-------------------------------------+
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
23 9 8 4 12 12 25 9 1 8 20 4
no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
+----------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () () [] [] [] [] () | 9
bash | | 4
bfd | [] [] | 5
binutils | [] | 4
bison | [] [] [] | 9
clisp | | 5
cpio | [] [] [] [] | 11
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
enscript | [] [] [] | 7
error | [] [] [] | 6
fetchmail | () () [] | 6
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
flex | [] [] [] | 9
gas | [] | 3
gawk | [] [] | 6
gcal | [] [] | 4
gcc | [] | 3
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 13
gnupg | [] [] [] | 13
gprof | [] [] | 4
gpsdrive | () | 0
grep | [] [] [] [] | 17
gretl | | 0
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
id-utils | [] [] | 6
indent | [] [] [] [] | 12
jpilot | () () [] | 4
jwhois | () () [] [] | 5
kbd | [] [] | 4
ld | [] [] | 4
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
lilypond | [] | 5
lynx | [] [] [] | 10
m4 | [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] | 14
mysecretdiary | [] [] | 4
nano | () [] [] [] [] | 15
nano_1_0 | () [] [] [] [] | 14
opcodes | [] [] | 6
parted | [] [] [] | 11
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] | 13
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
sharutils | [] [] [] [] | 13
sketch | [] () | 3
soundtracker | [] | 5
sp | | 1
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
texinfo | [] [] | 10
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 13
util-linux | [] [] [] | 10
vorbis-tools | [] | 1
wastesedge | | 0
wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 12
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 23
+----------------------------------------+
35 teams no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
58 domains 5 16 2 14 27 11 11 41 36 4 9 536
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
@ -298,9 +379,9 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most
up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
If April 2002 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
Using `gettext' in new packages

2
ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
CVS Code -
- General:
- Translation updates (see po/ChangeLog for details).
- Upgraded to gettext 0.11.2.
Removed intl/ entirely, and a few more tweaks by gettextize.
- global.c:
shortcut_init()
- Rework IFHELP macro (David Benbennick).

9
Makefile.am
View File

@ -24,10 +24,13 @@ info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
EXTRA_DIST = ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS BUGS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS \
README THANKS TODO install-sh missing mkinstalldirs \
nano.1 nano.1.html faq.html nanorc.sample nano.spec
README THANKS TODO config.rpath install-sh missing \
mkinstalldirs nano.1 nano.1.html faq.html nanorc.sample \
nano.spec
SUBDIRS = po intl m4
SUBDIRS = po m4
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
INCLUDES = -Iintl -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -I@includedir@
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

2
README.CVS
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ following packages:
- autoconf (version >= 2.52)
- automake (version 1.4-pl5 recommended)
- autoheader
- gettext (version 0.10.40)
- gettext (version 0.10.40, >= 0.11 recommended)
- texinfo
- cvs
- make, gcc and the normal development libraries (ncurses, etc)

513
config.rpath Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shlibext=
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux*)
echo '__INTEL_COMPILER' > conftest.$ac_ext
if $CC -E conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null | grep __INTEL_COMPILER >/dev/null
then
:
else
# Intel icc
wl='-Qoption,ld,'
fi
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
if test "x$host_vendor" = xsni; then
wl='-LD'
else
wl='-Wl,'
fi
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX, the GNU linker is very broken
ld_shlibs=no
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
solaris* | sysv5*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
hardcode_direct=yes
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
esac
fi
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-bnolibpath ${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
# location of the library.
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
if test "x$host_vendor" = xsno; then
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
else
hardcode_direct=no # Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
fi
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv5*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4.2uw2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=no
;;
sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
libname_spec='lib$name'
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
shlibext=so
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
shlibext=so
;;
amigaos*)
shlibext=ixlibrary
;;
beos*)
shlibext=so
;;
bsdi4*)
shlibext=so
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
case $GCC,$host_os in
yes,cygwin*)
shlibext=dll.a
;;
yes,mingw*)
shlibext=dll
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s/;/ /g"`
;;
yes,pw32*)
shlibext=dll
;;
*)
shlibext=dll
;;
esac
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shlibext=dylib
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
freebsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
gnu*)
shlibext=so
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
shlibext=sl
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
shlibext=so
case "$host_os" in
irix5*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
;;
linux-gnuoldld* | linux-gnuaout* | linux-gnucoff*)
;;
linux-gnu*)
shlibext=so
;;
netbsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
newsos6)
shlibext=so
;;
openbsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shlibext=dll
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
shlibext=so
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
;;
sco3.2v5*)
shlibext=so
;;
solaris*)
shlibext=so
;;
sunos4*)
shlibext=so
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
shlibext=so
case "$host_vendor" in
motorola)
sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
;;
esac
;;
uts4*)
shlibext=so
;;
dgux*)
shlibext=so
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
shlibext=so
fi
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
# Compile-time system search path for libraries
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
# Run-time system search path for libraries
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
EOF

6
configure.ac
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([nano.c])
AC_PREREQ(2.52)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(nano, 1.1.9-cvs)
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.h.in)
AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4)
dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4)
ALL_LINGUAS="es de fr it id fi hu ca cs gl uk ru sv nn nl da pl nb"
dnl Checks for programs.
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ then
fi
dnl i18n stuff - pretty incomplete for now
NANO_AM_GNU_GETTEXT
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile intl/Makefile m4/Makefile po/Makefile.in nano.spec])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile m4/Makefile po/Makefile.in nano.spec])
AC_OUTPUT

3
intl/.cvsignore
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
Makefile
libintl.h
po2tbl.sed

4
intl/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
2001-09-13 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
* Version 0.10.40 released.

313
intl/Makefile.in
View File

@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
libdir = @libdir@
includedir = @includedir@
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
aliaspath = $(localedir)
subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
localcharset.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=1
LTV_REVISION=1
LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
all-no-no:
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-rpath $(libdir) \
-no-undefined
libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
charset.alias: config.charset
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
orig=charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
fi; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
info dvi:
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
else \
: ; \
fi
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
intl/VERSION
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40

369
intl/bindtextdom.c
View File

@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
#ifndef offsetof
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
modified, only the current value is returned.
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
{
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
return;
}
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (binding != NULL)
{
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
}
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
modified = 1;
}
}
*dirnamep = result;
}
}
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->codeset;
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
binding->codeset_cntr++;
modified = 1;
}
}
*codesetp = result;
}
}
}
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
struct binding *new_binding =
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
goto failed;
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
dirname = result;
}
}
*dirnamep = dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset != NULL)
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
}
else
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
{
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
}
else
{
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
while (binding->next != NULL
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
binding = binding->next;
new_binding->next = binding->next;
binding->next = new_binding;
}
modified = 1;
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
failed:
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
}
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif

438
intl/config.charset
View File

@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name used by which systems a MIME name?
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-13 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 win32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix win32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf win32 dos
# CP950 win32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 win32
# CP1251 glibc win32
# CP1252 aix win32
# CP1253 win32
# CP1254 win32
# CP1255 win32
# CP1256 win32
# CP1257 win32
# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc
# GBK aix osf win32 dos
# GB18030 glibc
# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# JOHAB glibc win32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII glibc yes
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

58
intl/dcgettext.c
View File

@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif

1259
intl/dcigettext.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

60
intl/dcngettext.c
View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
#endif

59
intl/dgettext.c
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
#endif

61
intl/dngettext.c
View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
#endif

192
intl/explodename.c
View File

@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
++name;
return (char *) name;
}
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
*modifier = NULL;
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
}
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}

198
intl/finddomain.c
View File

@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
const char *modifier;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
done. */
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
if (alias_value != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
locale = strdup (alias_value);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
#else
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
#endif
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
}
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
return retval;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
while (runp != NULL)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
if (runp->data != NULL)
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
runp = runp->next;
free ((char *) here->filename);
free (here);
}
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif

64
intl/gettext.c
View File

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
#endif

102
intl/gettext.h
View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
when cross-compiling. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
#else
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
#else
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
# else
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
# else
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
not portable enough. */
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
struct mo_file_header
{
/* The magic number. */
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hashing table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
};
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */

252
intl/gettextP.h
View File

@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <byteswap.h>
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Module operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
const char *data;
int use_mmap;
size_t mmap_size;
int must_swap;
nls_uint32 nstrings;
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
char **conv_tab;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define ZERO 0
#else
# define ZERO 1
#endif
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
#else
extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

59
intl/hash-string.h
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

166
intl/intl-compat.c
View File

@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
configured --with-included-gettext.
This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
libgnuintl.h of the following form:
# define gettext gettext__
# define dgettext dgettext__
# define dcgettext dcgettext__
# define ngettext ngettext__
# define dngettext dngettext__
# define dcngettext dcngettext__
# define textdomain textdomain__
# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
functions defined in the executable always override functions in
the shared libraries.
B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
(namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
letting other shared libraries override it.
2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
*after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
command line. */
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
#undef ngettext
#undef dngettext
#undef dcngettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
char *
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return gettext__ (msgid);
}
char *
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
}
char *
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
}
char *
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
}
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
}
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
}

405
intl/l10nflist.c
View File

@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# ifndef stpcpy
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len + 1;
len -= part_len + 1;
count++;
}
return count;
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len;
len -= part_len + 1;
if (len > 0)
*argz++ = sep;
}
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
}
else
if (argz_len > 0)
return argz;
else
return 0;
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
return x;
}
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = NULL;
last = NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
}
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
last = NULL;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It's not in the list. */
retval = NULL;
break;
}
last = retval;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
{
free (abs_filename);
return retval;
}
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
* (1 << pop (mask))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
if (last == NULL)
{
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
*l10nfile_list = retval;
}
else
{
retval->next = last->next;
last->next = retval;
}
entries = 0;
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
of the inner loop. */
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
return retval;
}
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
if (retval != NULL)
{
if (only_digit)
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
else
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
}
return (const char *) retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

49
intl/libgettext.h
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

128
intl/libgnuintl.h
View File

@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
# define gettext gettext
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category));
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZED
/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
# define gettext(msgid) \
dgettext (NULL, msgid)
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif /* Optimizing. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */

109
intl/loadinfo.h
View File

@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
#else
/* Unix */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
#define XPG_CODESET 16
#define TERRITORY 32
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
struct loaded_l10nfile
{
const char *filename;
int decided;
const void *data;
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
};
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
the caller. */
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
#endif /* loadinfo.h */

567
intl/loadmsgcat.c
View File

@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
/* Load needed message catalogs.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <langinfo.h>
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
# include <sys/mman.h>
# undef HAVE_MMAP
# define HAVE_MMAP 1
#else
# undef HAVE_MMAP
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define open __open
# define close __close
# define read __read
# define mmap __mmap
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
#else
# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#ifdef __BEOS__
/* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
static const struct expression plvar =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = var,
};
static const struct expression plone =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = num,
.val =
{
.num = 1
}
};
static struct expression germanic_plural =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
.val =
{
.args =
{
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
}
}
};
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
#else
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
Initialization at run-time. */
static struct expression plvar;
static struct expression plone;
static struct expression germanic_plural;
static void
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
plvar.nargs = 0;
plvar.operation = var;
plone.nargs = 0;
plone.operation = num;
plone.val.num = 1;
germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
}
}
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
#endif
/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
Return the header entry. */
const char *
internal_function
_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
/* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
char *nullentry;
size_t nullentrylen;
/* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
domain->codeset_cntr =
(domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
# endif
#endif
domain->conv_tab = NULL;
/* Get the header entry. */
nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
const char *charsetstr;
charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
if (charsetstr != NULL)
{
size_t len;
char *charset;
const char *outcharset;
charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
*((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
# else
memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
charset[len] = '\0';
# endif
/* The output charset should normally be determined by the
locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
this. Moreover, the value specified through
bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
else
{
outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
{
# ifdef _LIBC
outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
extern const char *locale_charset (void);
outcharset = locale_charset ();
# endif
# endif
}
}
# ifdef _LIBC
/* We always want to use transliteration. */
outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
!= __GCONV_OK)
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
/* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
len = strlen (outcharset);
{
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
outcharset = tmp;
}
# endif
domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
freea (outcharset);
# endif
# endif
# endif
freea (charset);
}
#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
}
return nullentry;
}
/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
void
internal_function
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
free (domain->conv_tab);
#ifdef _LIBC
if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
__gconv_close (domain->conv);
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
iconv_close (domain->conv);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
internal_function
_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
int fd;
size_t size;
#ifdef _LIBC
struct stat64 st;
#else
struct stat st;
#endif
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
int use_mmap = 0;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
const char *nullentry;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
/* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
syntax. */
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
if (fd == -1)
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
if (
#ifdef _LIBC
__builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#else
__builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#endif
|| __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
|| __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
use_mmap = 1;
}
#endif
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
it manually. */
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
{
size_t to_read;
char *read_ptr;
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
if (data == NULL)
return;
to_read = size;
read_ptr = (char *) data;
do
{
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
if (nb <= 0)
{
#ifdef EINTR
if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
continue;
#endif
close (fd);
return;
}
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
}
while (to_read > 0);
close (fd);
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
catalog file. */
if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
0))
{
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
return;
}
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
if (domain == NULL)
return;
domain_file->data = domain;
domain->data = (char *) data;
domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
domain->mmap_size = size;
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
{
case 0:
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
break;
default:
/* This is an invalid revision. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
free (domain);
domain_file->data = NULL;
return;
}
/* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
specified character set or the locale's character set. */
nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
/* Also look for a plural specification. */
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
const char *plural;
const char *nplurals;
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
goto no_plural;
else
{
/* First get the number. */
char *endp;
unsigned long int n;
struct parse_args args;
nplurals += 9;
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
++nplurals;
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
#else
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
#endif
domain->nplurals = n;
if (nplurals == endp)
goto no_plural;
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
is passed down to the parser. */
plural += 7;
args.cp = plural;
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
goto no_plural;
domain->plural = args.res;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
no_plural:
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
domain->nplurals = 2;
}
}
#ifdef _LIBC
void
internal_function
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
__gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
if (domain->use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
else
# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
free ((void *) domain->data);
free (domain);
}
#endif

271
intl/localcharset.c
View File

@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
# define WIN32
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
#if __STDC__ != 1
# define volatile /* empty */
#endif
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
read, else NULL. Its format is:
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases ()
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#ifndef WIN32
FILE *fp;
const char *dir = LIBDIR;
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
size_t l1, l2;
for (;;)
{
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else /* WIN32 */
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
}
return cp;
}
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset ()
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
const char *locale = NULL;
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
codeset = "";
/* Resolve alias. */
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
return codeset;
}

78
intl/locale.alias
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
# All entries are case independent.
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
# bugs@gnu.org.
# Packages using this file:
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
thai th_TH.TIS-620
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

404
intl/localealias.c
View File

@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
# ifndef mempcpy
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
const char *value;
};
static char *string_space;
static size_t string_space_act;
static size_t string_space_max;
static struct alias_map *map;
static size_t nmap;
static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
{
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
#endif
do
{
struct alias_map item;
item.alias = name;
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
if (retval != NULL)
{
result = retval->value;
break;
}
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
added = 0;
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
{
const char *start;
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
}
}
while (added != 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
#endif
return result;
}
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#else
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
char buf[BUFSIZ];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
{
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
do
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
}
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
{
/* This has to be done to make the following test
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
*cp++ = '\0';
*cp = '\n';
}
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
return added;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
{
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
return added;
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
}
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
}
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
return added;
}
static int
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
return -1;
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
return 0;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
if (string_space != NULL)
free (string_space);
if (map != NULL)
free (map);
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif
static int
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
#else
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
#endif
}

68
intl/ngettext.c
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include <locale.h>
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
#endif

1326
intl/plural.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

413
intl/plural.y
View File

@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
%{
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
#pragma alloca
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
#endif
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
%}
%pure_parser
%expect 10
%union {
unsigned long int num;
enum operator op;
struct expression *exp;
}
%{
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
struct expression * const *args));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *right));
static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *left,
struct expression *right));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch,
struct expression *fbranch));
static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
/* Allocation of expressions. */
static struct expression *
new_exp (nargs, op, args)
int nargs;
enum operator op;
struct expression * const *args;
{
int i;
struct expression *newp;
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
if (args[i] == NULL)
goto fail;
/* Allocate a new expression. */
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
if (newp != NULL)
{
newp->nargs = nargs;
newp->operation = op;
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
return newp;
}
fail:
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
return NULL;
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_0 (op)
enum operator op;
{
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_1 (op, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[1];
args[0] = right;
return new_exp (1, op, args);
}
static struct expression *
new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *left;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[2];
args[0] = left;
args[1] = right;
return new_exp (2, op, args);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
enum operator op;
struct expression *bexp;
struct expression *tbranch;
struct expression *fbranch;
{
struct expression *args[3];
args[0] = bexp;
args[1] = tbranch;
args[2] = fbranch;
return new_exp (3, op, args);
}
%}
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
%right '?' /* ? */
%left '|' /* || */
%left '&' /* && */
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
%right '!' /* ! */
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
%token <num> NUMBER
%type <exp> exp
%%
start: exp
{
if ($1 == NULL)
YYABORT;
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
}
;
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
}
| exp '|' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
}
| exp '&' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
}
| exp EQUOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp CMPOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp ADDOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp MULOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| '!' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
}
| 'n'
{
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
}
| NUMBER
{
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
$$->val.num = $1;
}
| '(' exp ')'
{
$$ = $2;
}
;
%%
void
internal_function
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
struct expression *exp;
{
if (exp == NULL)
return;
/* Handle the recursive case. */
switch (exp->nargs)
{
case 3:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
break;
}
free (exp);
}
static int
yylex (lval, pexp)
YYSTYPE *lval;
const char **pexp;
{
const char *exp = *pexp;
int result;
while (1)
{
if (exp[0] == '\0')
{
*pexp = exp;
return YYEOF;
}
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
break;
++exp;
}
result = *exp++;
switch (result)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
{
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
{
n *= 10;
n += exp[0] - '0';
++exp;
}
lval->num = n;
result = NUMBER;
}
break;
case '=':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '!':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = not_equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
break;
case '&':
case '|':
if (exp[0] == result)
++exp;
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '<':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = less_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = less_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '>':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = greater_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '*':
lval->op = mult;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '/':
lval->op = divide;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '%':
lval->op = module;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '+':
lval->op = plus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case '-':
lval->op = minus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case 'n':
case '?':
case ':':
case '(':
case ')':
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
break;
case ';':
case '\n':
case '\0':
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
--exp;
result = YYEOF;
break;
default:
result = YYERRCODE;
#if YYDEBUG != 0
--exp;
#endif
break;
}
*pexp = exp;
return result;
}
static void
yyerror (str)
const char *str;
{
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
}

31
intl/ref-add.sin
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

26
intl/ref-del.sin
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

142
intl/textdomain.c
View File

@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
{
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
}
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
environment variable changed. */
new_domain = old_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_domain != NULL)
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
#endif
if (new_domain != NULL)
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
}
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
if (new_domain != NULL)
{
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
free (old_domain);
}
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
return new_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
#endif

14
m4/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
2002-06-03 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* codeset.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* gettext.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* glibc21.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* iconv.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* isc-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* lcmessage.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* progtest.m4: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add the new files.

4
m4/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 glibc21.m4 progtest.m4 gettext.m4 iconv.m4 \
lcmessage.m4
EXTRA_DIST = isc-posix.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 codeset.m4 \
glibc21.m4 progtest.m4 gettext.m4 iconv.m4 lcmessage.m4

6
m4/aclocal_inc.m4
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir)
AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE],
[
test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done
])

10
m4/codeset.m4
View File

@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
#serial AM1
# codeset.m4 serial AM1 (gettext-0.10.40)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],

719
m4/gettext.m4
View File

@ -1,27 +1,40 @@
# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# gettext.m4 serial 14 (gettext-0.11.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
# serial 10
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2002.
dnl Usage: NANO_AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]).
dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
dnl will be ignored.
dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
dnl
dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
@ -35,29 +48,53 @@ dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
dnl Catalog format: none
dnl Catalog extension: none
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
dnl maintainers.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_WITH_NLS],
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
[
dnl Argument checking.
ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])])])
ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])
define(gt_included_intl, ifelse([$1], [external], [no], [yes]))
define(gt_libtool_suffix_prefix, ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
])
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
INTLLIBS=
])
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
POSUB=
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested.])
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
@ -67,214 +104,156 @@ AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_WITH_NLS],
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
])
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
CATOBJEXT=NONE
dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc])
define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl])
define([gt_api_version], ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], 2, 1))
define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libc])
define([gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]gt_api_version[_libintl])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
[gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
fi
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
AM_ICONV_LINK
])
dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" != yes && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias ();],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias (0)],
[LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes
])
fi
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
fi
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
|| { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
|| { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
else
dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
INCINTL=
fi
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone
dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with
dnl libiconv.
INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV"
fi
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH.
NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
fi
])
if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
fi
fi
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV"
LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV"
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
fi
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV"
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
fi
])
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
GMSGFMT=":"
fi
fi
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
fi
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested.])
else
USE_NLS=no
fi
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
[for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
esac
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
fi
;;
esac
done])
fi
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
fi
dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
[Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
fi
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
fi
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
fi
dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
dnl compile.
dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
dnl present or too old.
AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
ac_verc_fail=yes
else
dnl Found it, now check the version.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
case $ac_prog_version in
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
changequote([,])dnl
ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
fi
if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
INTLBISON=:
fi
dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this
dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
dnl in configure.in.
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
done
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
AC_SUBST(POFILES)
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
nls_cv_header_intl=
@ -291,80 +270,270 @@ changequote([,])dnl
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
GENCAT=gencat
AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
])
dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see.
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([nano_jm_GLIBC21])dnl
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
])
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory,
dnl except for USE_NLS.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
: ;
else
GMSGFMT=`echo "$GMSGFMT" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,'`
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found $GMSGFMT program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
GMSGFMT=":"
fi
fi
dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
dnl Makefiles still can work.
if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
(if $XGETTEXT --omit-header --copyright-holder= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi); then
: ;
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
XGETTEXT=":"
fi
dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
rm -f messages.po
fi
AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
case "$ac_file" in
*:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
esac
# PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
# Adjust a relative srcdir.
ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
# In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
# In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
/*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
*) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
esac
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
# ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES depend
# on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
# parameters.
if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
# The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
fi
ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
# Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
fi
case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
.) srcdirpre= ;;
*) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
esac
POFILES=
GMOFILES=
UPDATEPOFILES=
DUMMYPOFILES=
for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
done
# CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
# environment variable.
INST_LINGUAS=
if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
else
desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
fi
for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
fi
CATALOGS=
if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
done
fi
test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
if test -f "$f"; then
case "$f" in
*.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
*) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
esac
fi
done
fi
;;
esac
done],
[# Capture the value of obsolete $ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
# POFILES, GMOFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
# from automake.
eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
# Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
])
])
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \
getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \
strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getc_unlocked getcwd getegid \
geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy \
strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
NANO_AM_ICONV
NANO_AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
NANO_AM_LC_MESSAGES
NANO_AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3])
AM_ICONV
AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
AM_LC_MESSAGES
if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
LINGUAS=
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
NEW_LINGUAS=
for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
useit=no
for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
# Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
# a. equal to presentlang, or
# b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
# presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
# which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
case "$desiredlang" in
"$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
esac
done
if test $useit = yes; then
NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang"
fi
done
LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
fi
dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
dnl compile.
dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
dnl present or too old.
AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
ac_verc_fail=yes
else
dnl Found it, now check the version.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
case $ac_prog_version in
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
changequote([,])dnl
ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
fi
if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
INTLBISON=:
fi
])
dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
fi
fi
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
dnl Try to locate is.
MKINSTALLDIRS=
if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
fi
if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
fi
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])
AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
])
AC_DEFUN([AM_MKINSTALLDIRS],
[
dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
dnl Try to locate is.
MKINSTALLDIRS=
if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
fi
if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
fi
AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
])

10
m4/glibc21.m4
View File

@ -1,9 +1,15 @@
#serial 2
# glibc21.m4 serial 2 (fileutils-4.1.3, gettext-0.10.40)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
# From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([nano_jm_GLIBC21],
AC_DEFUN([jm_GLIBC21],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,

57
m4/iconv.m4
View File

@ -1,19 +1,32 @@
#serial AM2
# iconv.m4 serial AM3 (gettext-0.11)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_ICONV],
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
[
dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
AC_ARG_WITH([libiconv-prefix],
[ --with-libiconv-prefix=DIR search for libiconv in DIR/include and DIR/lib], [
for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do
if test -d $dir/include; then CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi
if test -d $dir/lib; then LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi
done
])
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv])
dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first
dnl AC_TRY_LINK will then fail, the second AC_TRY_LINK will succeed.
am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
@ -26,7 +39,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_ICONV],
am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -liconv"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>],
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
@ -39,6 +52,25 @@ AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_ICONV],
])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
fi
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV])
else
dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV
dnl either.
CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIBICONV=
LTLIBICONV=
fi
AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
])
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINK])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
@ -61,9 +93,4 @@ size_t iconv();
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
[Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
fi
LIBICONV=
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
LIBICONV="-liconv"
fi
AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
])

26
m4/isc-posix.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
# give these diagnostics:
# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
[
dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
]
)

34
m4/lcmessage.m4
View File

@ -1,18 +1,26 @@
# lcmessage.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# serial 2
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_LC_MESSAGES],
AC_DEFUN([AM_LC_MESSAGES],
[if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],

97
m4/lib-ld.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
# lib-ld.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
dnl with libtool.m4.
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
else
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
fi])
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
if "$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
else
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
fi
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
])

548
m4/lib-link.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
# lib-link.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
])
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
])
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
else
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L,
dnl sys_lib_search_path_spec, sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
. ./conftest.sh
rm -f ./conftest.sh
acl_cv_rpath=done
])
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
libext="$acl_cv_libext"
shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$acl_cv_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
INC[]NAME=
rpathdirs=
ltrpathdirs=
names_already_handled=
names_next_round='$1 $2'
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
names_next_round=
for name in $names_this_round; do
already_handled=
for n in $names_already_handled; do
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
already_handled=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
if test -n "$value"; then
if test "$value" = yes; then
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
else
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
:
fi
else
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
found_dir=
found_la=
found_so=
found_a=
if test $use_additional = yes; then
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
if test -n "$shlibext" && test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
break
fi
done
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
dnl Found the library.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
if test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/lib"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
dnl resulting binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
else
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
fi
if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
dnl very old systems.
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
fi
else
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a static library.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
else
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
dnl fallback.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
fi
fi
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
*/lib | */lib/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e 's,/lib/*$,,'`
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Look for dependencies.
if test -n "$found_la"; then
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
save_libdir="$libdir"
case "$found_la" in
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
esac
libdir="$save_libdir"
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
case "$dep" in
-L*)
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
;;
-R*)
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
fi
;;
-l*)
dnl Handle this in the next round.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
;;
*.la)
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
dnl option.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
;;
*)
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
;;
esac
done
fi
else
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
done
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
alldirs=
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
done
dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$found_dir"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
done
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
dnl unless already present in VAR.
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
[
for element in [$2]; do
haveit=
for x in $[$1]; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
fi
done
])

148
m4/lib-prefix.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
dnl with the same --prefix option.
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/lib"
fi
fi
])
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/lib"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/lib"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
[
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
dnl at the end of configure.
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
else
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
fi
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
else
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
fi
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
dnl at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
[
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
$1
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])

36
m4/progtest.m4
View File

@ -1,20 +1,28 @@
# progtest.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.10.40)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
dnl General Public License. As a special exception to the GNU General
dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
# They are *not* in the public domain.
# serial 2
dnl NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN([NANO_AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])

11
po/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
2002-06-03 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* Makefile.in.in: Upgrade to gettext-0.11.2.
* Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
* remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.11.2.
2002-05-13 Jordi Mallach <jordi@sindominio.net>
* fr.po: Updated translation by Jean-Philippe Guérard.

273
po/Makefile.in.in
View File

@ -1,18 +1,16 @@
# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2002 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
#
# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public License
# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
# functionality.
# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
subdir = po
top_builddir = ..
SHELL = /bin/sh
@SET_MAKE@
@ -31,45 +29,47 @@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
CC = @CC@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
MSGMERGE = msgmerge
DEFS = @DEFS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
MSGINIT = msginit
MSGCONV = msgconv
MSGFILTER = msgfilter
POFILES = @POFILES@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES)
UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in Makevars remove-potcdate.sin \
$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) POTFILES.in $(DOMAIN).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.po.pox:
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
$(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox
.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-update
.po.mo:
$(MSGFMT) -o $@ $<
@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
$(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
&& rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<
@lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
all: all-@USE_NLS@
@ -77,17 +77,38 @@ all: all-@USE_NLS@
all-yes: $(CATALOGS)
all-no:
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot',
# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
# have been downloaded.
$(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \
$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
--add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
--files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
&& test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \
|| ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
--copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)'
test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
else \
rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
else \
mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
fi; \
}
$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot
install: install-exec install-data
@ -95,8 +116,10 @@ install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
@ -106,41 +129,117 @@ install-data-yes: all
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
if test -r $$cat; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $$cat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \
"$(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(PACKAGE).mo"; \
fi; \
if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
fi; \
fi; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
fi; \
done; \
done
install-strip: install
installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
installdirs-exec:
installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
installdirs-data-no:
installdirs-data-yes:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
if test -n "$$lc"; then \
if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
(cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
for file in *; do \
if test -f $$file; then \
ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
fi; \
done); \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
else \
if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
:; \
else \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
fi; \
fi; \
fi; \
done; \
done
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE).mo; \
done
uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
uninstall-exec:
uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \
for file in $(DISTFILES.common); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
uninstall-data-no:
uninstall-data-yes:
catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
done; \
done
check: all
dvi info tags TAGS ID:
mostlyclean:
rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.new.po
rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
rm -fr *.o
clean: mostlyclean
@ -160,29 +259,49 @@ dist distdir:
# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
dist2: $(DISTFILES)
dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; fi; \
if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
if test -f $$file; then \
cp -p $$file $(distdir); \
else \
cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
fi; \
done
update-po: Makefile
$(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
cd $(srcdir); \
catalogs='$(GMOFILES)'; \
for cat in $$catalogs; do \
cat=`basename $$cat`; \
lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.new.po; then \
mv -f $$lang.new.po $$lang.po; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \
rm -f $$lang.new.po; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
$(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
$(MAKE) update-gmo
# General rule for updating PO files.
.nop.po-update:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi
$(DUMMYPOFILES):
update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
@:
@ -191,6 +310,8 @@ Makefile: Makefile.in.in $(top_builddir)/config.status POTFILES.in
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
force:
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

25
po/Makevars Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
subdir = po
top_builddir = ..
# These options get passed to xgettext.
XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
# their copyright.
COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =

42
po/Rules-quot Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
.insert-header.po-update-en:
@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
tmpdir=`pwd`; \
echo "$$lang:"; \
ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
cd $(srcdir); \
if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
else \
if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
:; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
fi
en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
mostlyclean-quot:
rm -f *.insert-header

10
po/boldquot.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
s/“”/""/g
s/“/“/g
s/”/”/g
s/‘/‘/g
s/’/’/g

304
po/ca.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 16:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jordi Mallach <jordi@sindominio.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan <ca@dodds.net>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "%d l
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" no trobat"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nou Fitxer"
@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ msgstr "Nou Fitxer"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Fitxer \"%s\" és un directori"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -140,7 +138,6 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut reobrir %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "No s'ha pogut obrir %s per a avantposar: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "No puc ascendre de directori"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "No es pot visitar el directori pare en mode restringit"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -459,9 +455,9 @@ msgstr "Obrir el fitxer previament carregat"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Obrir el següent fitxer carregat"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
@ -469,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "Ajuda"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Tancar"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Sortir"
@ -477,16 +473,15 @@ msgstr "Sortir"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Desar"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Justificar"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Llegir F."
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Reemplaçar"
@ -494,11 +489,11 @@ msgstr "Reempla
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Cercar"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Pàg Ant"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Pàg Seg"
@ -566,108 +561,116 @@ msgstr "Retroc
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Retorn"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Anar a Línia"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Trobar Clau Corresponent"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Anterior Fitxer"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Següent Fitxer"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Següent Paraula"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Moure endavant una paraula"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Paraula Anterior"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Moure endarrere una paraula"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancel·lar"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Primera Línia"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Última Línia"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Maj/Min"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direcció"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "ExpReg"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "No Reemplaçar"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "A Fitxers"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Format DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Format Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Afegir"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Avantposar"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Executar Ordre"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Anar a"
#: nano.c:194
#, c-format
msgid "\nBuffer written to %s\n"
msgstr "\nBuffer escrit a %s\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"Buffer written to %s\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Buffer escrit a %s\n"
#: nano.c:196
#, c-format
msgid "\nNo %s written (too many backup files?)\n"
msgstr "\nNo s'ha escrit %s (massa còpies de seguretat?)\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"No %s written (too many backup files?)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"No s'ha escrit %s (massa còpies de seguretat?)\n"
#: nano.c:205
msgid "Window size is too small for Nano..."
@ -681,16 +684,39 @@ msgstr "Tecla il
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" texte d'ajuda de nano\n"
"\n"
" L'editor nano està dissenyat per a emular la funcionalitat i la facilitat d'ús de Pico, l'editor de text de la UW. Hi ha quatre seccions a l'editor: la línia superior mostra la versió del programa, el nom del fitxer editat i si el fitxer ha estat o no modificat. També tenim la finestra principal de edició, que mostra el fitxer que s'està editant. La línia d'estat és la tercera des de baix i mostra missatges importants. Les últimes dues línies mostren les dreceres més utilitzades a l'editor.\n"
" L'editor nano està dissenyat per a emular la funcionalitat i la facilitat "
"d'ús de Pico, l'editor de text de la UW. Hi ha quatre seccions a l'editor: "
"la línia superior mostra la versió del programa, el nom del fitxer editat i "
"si el fitxer ha estat o no modificat. També tenim la finestra principal de "
"edició, que mostra el fitxer que s'està editant. La línia d'estat és la "
"tercera des de baix i mostra missatges importants. Les últimes dues línies "
"mostren les dreceres més utilitzades a l'editor.\n"
"\n"
" La notació de les dreceres és la següent: les sequències amb la tecla Control estan anotades amb el símbol circunflex (^) i són accedides mitjançant la tecla Control. Les seqüències amb tecles d'escapada estan anotades amb el símbol Meta (M) i s'hi pot accedir mitjançant les tecles Esc, Alt o Meta, tot depenent de la configuració del teu teclat. Les següents combinacions estan disponibles a la finestra principal. Les tecles opcionals estan representades entre parèntesi:\n"
" La notació de les dreceres és la següent: les sequències amb la tecla "
"Control estan anotades amb el símbol circunflex (^) i són accedides "
"mitjançant la tecla Control. Les seqüències amb tecles d'escapada estan "
"anotades amb el símbol Meta (M) i s'hi pot accedir mitjançant les tecles "
"Esc, Alt o Meta, tot depenent de la configuració del teu teclat. Les "
"següents combinacions estan disponibles a la finestra principal. Les tecles "
"opcionals estan representades entre parèntesi:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -710,16 +736,24 @@ msgid "delete_opennode(): free'd last node.\n"
msgstr "delete_opennode(): alliberat l'últim node.\n"
#: nano.c:499
msgid "Usage: nano [GNU long option] [option] +LINE <file>\n\n"
msgstr "Sintaxi: nano [opció llarga GNU] [opció] +LÍNIA <fitxer>\n\n"
msgid ""
"Usage: nano [GNU long option] [option] +LINE <file>\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Sintaxi: nano [opció llarga GNU] [opció] +LÍNIA <fitxer>\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:500
msgid "Option\t\tLong option\t\tMeaning\n"
msgstr "Opció\t\tOpció llarga\t\tSignificat\n"
#: nano.c:502
msgid "Usage: nano [option] +LINE <file>\n\n"
msgstr "Sintaxi: nano [opció] +LÍNIA <fitxer>\n\n"
msgid ""
"Usage: nano [option] +LINE <file>\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Sintaxi: nano [opció] +LÍNIA <fitxer>\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:503
msgid "Option\t\tMeaning\n"
@ -887,8 +921,12 @@ msgid " Email: nano@nano-editor.org\tWeb: http://www.nano-editor.org"
msgstr " Correu-e: nano@nano-editor.org\tWeb: http://www.nano-editor.org"
#: nano.c:570
msgid "\n Compiled options:"
msgstr "\n Opcions compilades:"
msgid ""
"\n"
" Compiled options:"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" Opcions compilades:"
#: nano.c:686
msgid "Mark Set"
@ -913,7 +951,6 @@ msgstr "current->data ara = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Després, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Editar un reemplaçament"
@ -983,18 +1020,32 @@ msgstr "Ara pots desjustificar!"
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda per a la ordre Cerca\n"
"\n"
" Introduiu les paraules o caràcters que voleu cercar i polseu intro. Si hi ha una coincidència per a el texte que heu introduit, la pantalla s'actualitzarà al lloc on està la coincidència de la cadena cercada més propera.\n"
" Introduiu les paraules o caràcters que voleu cercar i polseu intro. Si hi "
"ha una coincidència per a el texte que heu introduit, la pantalla "
"s'actualitzarà al lloc on està la coincidència de la cadena cercada més "
"propera.\n"
"\n"
" Si esteu fent servir el Modo Pico mitjançant les opcions -p o --pico, fent servir l'interruptor Meta-P o un fitxer nanorc, la cadena de la cerca anterior es mostrarà després del indicatiu Cercar:. Polsar intro sense introduir cap texte durà a terme la anterior cerca. Si no, la anterior cadena es posarà davant del cursor i es podrà editar o esborrar abans de polsar intro.\n"
" Si esteu fent servir el Modo Pico mitjançant les opcions -p o --pico, fent "
"servir l'interruptor Meta-P o un fitxer nanorc, la cadena de la cerca "
"anterior es mostrarà després del indicatiu Cercar:. Polsar intro sense "
"introduir cap texte durà a terme la anterior cerca. Si no, la anterior "
"cadena es posarà davant del cursor i es podrà editar o esborrar abans de "
"polsar intro.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Cerca:\n"
"\n"
@ -1003,14 +1054,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda de Anar a Línia\n"
"\n"
" Introduiu el número de la línia a la que voleu anar i polseu Intro. Si hi ha menys línias de texte que el número que heu introduit, el cursor es mourà a la última línia del fitxer.\n"
" Introduiu el número de la línia a la que voleu anar i polseu Intro. Si hi "
"ha menys línias de texte que el número que heu introduit, el cursor es mourà "
"a la última línia del fitxer.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Anar a Línia:\n"
"\n"
@ -1019,22 +1074,33 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda d'Inserir Fitxer\n"
"\n"
" Escriviu el nom del fitxer a afegir en el buffer actual en la posició actual del cursor.\n"
" Escriviu el nom del fitxer a afegir en el buffer actual en la posició "
"actual del cursor.\n"
"\n"
" Si s'ha compilat nano amb suport per a múltiples fitxers i heu habilitat els buffers múltiples amb les opcions -F o --multibuffer, fent servir l'interruptor Meta-F o amb un fitxer nanorc, la inserció d'un fitxer farà que es carregue en un buffer different (feu servir Meta-< i > per a canviar de buffers de fitxer).\n"
" Si s'ha compilat nano amb suport per a múltiples fitxers i heu habilitat "
"els buffers múltiples amb les opcions -F o --multibuffer, fent servir "
"l'interruptor Meta-F o amb un fitxer nanorc, la inserció d'un fitxer farà "
"que es carregue en un buffer different (feu servir Meta-< i > per a canviar "
"de buffers de fitxer).\n"
"\n"
" Si necessiteu un altre buffer en blanc, no inseriu cap nom de fitxer o escriviu el nom d'un fitxer no existent en l'indicatiu i polseu Intro.\n"
" Si necessiteu un altre buffer en blanc, no inseriu cap nom de fitxer o "
"escriviu el nom d'un fitxer no existent en l'indicatiu i polseu Intro.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Inserir Fitxer:\n"
"\n"
@ -1043,18 +1109,27 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda de Desar Fitxer\n"
"\n"
" Escriviu el nom amb el que voleu desar el fitxer actual i polseu intro per a salvar-ho.\n"
" Escriviu el nom amb el que voleu desar el fitxer actual i polseu intro per "
"a salvar-ho.\n"
"\n"
" Si esteu fent servir el codi de marcat amb Ctrl-^ i heu sel·leccionat texte, se vos preguntarà si voleu desar només la porció marcada a un fitxer diferent. Per a reduir la posibilitat de sobreescriure el fitxer actual amb només una part d'ell, el nom del fitxer actual no és el predeterminat en aquest mode.\n"
" Si esteu fent servir el codi de marcat amb Ctrl-^ i heu sel·leccionat "
"texte, se vos preguntarà si voleu desar només la porció marcada a un fitxer "
"diferent. Per a reduir la posibilitat de sobreescriure el fitxer actual amb "
"només una part d'ell, el nom del fitxer actual no és el predeterminat en "
"aquest mode.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Desar Fitxer:\n"
"\n"
@ -1063,16 +1138,26 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda del Navegador de Fitxers\n"
"\n"
" El navegador de fitxers s'utilitza per a navegar visualment la estructura del directori per a seleccionar un fitxer per a lectura o escriptura. Podeu fer servir els cursors o Re/Av Pag per a navegar per els fitxers i S o Intro per a triar el fitxer seleccionat o entrar dins del directori seleccionat. Per a pujar un nivel, seleccioneu el directori \"..\" en la part superior de la llista de fitxers.\n"
" El navegador de fitxers s'utilitza per a navegar visualment la estructura "
"del directori per a seleccionar un fitxer per a lectura o escriptura. Podeu "
"fer servir els cursors o Re/Av Pag per a navegar per els fitxers i S o Intro "
"per a triar el fitxer seleccionat o entrar dins del directori seleccionat. "
"Per a pujar un nivel, seleccioneu el directori \"..\" en la part superior de "
"la llista de fitxers.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el navegador de fitxers:\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el navegador de "
"fitxers:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2563
@ -1081,7 +1166,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1090,39 +1176,50 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" Introduïu el nom del directori per el que voleu navegar.\n"
"\n"
" Si el completat amb el tabulador no està desactivat, podeu fer servir la tecla TAB per a (intentar) completar automàticament el nom del directori.\n"
" Si el completat amb el tabulador no està desactivat, podeu fer servir la "
"tecla TAB per a (intentar) completar automàticament el nom del directori.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Anar a Directori del Navegador:\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Anar a Directori "
"del Navegador:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2571
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda del Corrector d'Ortografia\n"
"\n"
" El Corrector d'ortografia comprova la ortografia de tot el texte en el fitxer actual. Quan es troba una paraula desconeguda, aquesta es marca i es pot editar una substitució. Després preguntarà si es vol reemplaçar totes les coincidències d'eixa paraula mal escrita el el fitxer actual.\n"
" El Corrector d'ortografia comprova la ortografia de tot el texte en el "
"fitxer actual. Quan es troba una paraula desconeguda, aquesta es marca i es "
"pot editar una substitució. Després preguntarà si es vol reemplaçar totes "
"les coincidències d'eixa paraula mal escrita el el fitxer actual.\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Corrector d'Ortografia:\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Corrector "
"d'Ortografia:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2581
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Text d'ajuda de l'Ordre Externa\n"
"\n"
" Aquest menú vos permet inserir l'eixida d'una ordre executada per l'intèrpret en el buffer actual (o un nou buffer en el mode multibuffer).\n"
" Aquest menú vos permet inserir l'eixida d'una ordre executada per "
"l'intèrpret en el buffer actual (o un nou buffer en el mode multibuffer).\n"
"\n"
" Les següents tecles de funció estan disponibles en el mode Ordre Externa:\n"
@ -1145,7 +1242,8 @@ msgstr "inhabilitat"
#: nano.c:2759
msgid "NumLock glitch detected. Keypad will malfunction with NumLock off"
msgstr "Detectat NumLock trencat. El tecl. numèric funcionarà amb NumLock activat"
msgstr ""
"Detectat NumLock trencat. El tecl. numèric funcionarà amb NumLock activat"
#: nano.c:3077
msgid "Main: set up windows\n"
@ -1190,8 +1288,12 @@ msgid "Error in %s on line %d: "
msgstr "Error en %s en línia %d: "
#: rcfile.c:88
msgid "\nPress return to continue starting nano\n"
msgstr "\nPolsa una tecla per carregar nano\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"Press return to continue starting nano\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Polsa una tecla per carregar nano\n"
#: rcfile.c:176
#, c-format
@ -1223,8 +1325,12 @@ msgid "Cannot add a color directive without a syntax line"
msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir la directiva de color sense una línia de sintaxi"
#: rcfile.c:373
msgid "\n\t\"start=\" requires a corresponding \"end=\""
msgstr "\n\t\"start=\" requereix el seu \"end=\" corresponent"
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\"start=\" requires a corresponding \"end=\""
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\"start=\" requereix el seu \"end=\" corresponent"
#: rcfile.c:423
msgid "parse_rcfile: Read a comment\n"
@ -1282,20 +1388,14 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el directori d'usuari! Wah!"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Cercar"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Maj/Min]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [ExpReg]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Cap Enrere]"
@ -1367,7 +1467,6 @@ msgstr "Au vinga, sigues assenyat"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "No és una clau"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "No hi ha clau corresponent"
@ -1446,9 +1545,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "He aconseguit \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Ss"
@ -1537,13 +1633,15 @@ msgstr "Gr
#~ msgstr " -F \t\t--multibuffer\t\tHabilitar múltiples buffers de fitxers\n"
#~ msgid " -K \t\t--keypad\t\tUse alternate keypad routines\n"
#~ msgstr " -K \t\t--keypad\t\tFer servir rutines de teclat numèric alternatives\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -K \t\t--keypad\t\tFer servir rutines de teclat numèric alternatives\n"
#~ msgid " -M \t\t--mac\t\t\tWrite file in Mac format\n"
#~ msgstr " -M \t\t--mac\t\t\tEscriure fitxer en format Mac\n"
#~ msgid " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tDon't convert files from DOS/Mac format\n"
#~ msgstr " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tNo convertir els fitxers des del format DOS/Mac\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tNo convertir els fitxers des del format DOS/Mac\n"
#~ msgid " -Q [str]\t--quotestr [str]\tQuoting string, default \"> \"\n"
#~ msgstr " -Q [cad]\t--quotestr [cad]\tMarcador de cita, per defecte \"> \"\n"
@ -1570,7 +1668,8 @@ msgstr "Gr
#~ msgstr " -k \t\t--cut\t\t\t^K talla des del cursor al final de línia\n"
#~ msgid " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tDon't follow symbolic links, overwrite\n"
#~ msgstr " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tNo seguir enllaços simbólics, sobreescriure'ls\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tNo seguir enllaços simbólics, sobreescriure'ls\n"
#~ msgid " -m \t\t--mouse\t\t\tEnable mouse\n"
#~ msgstr " -m \t\t--mouse\t\t\tHabilitar ratolí\n"
@ -1581,11 +1680,14 @@ msgstr "Gr
#~ msgid " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmulate Pico as closely as possible\n"
#~ msgstr " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmular a Pico tant com sigui possible\n"
#~ msgid " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgstr " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tReplenar columnes (ajustar en) #cols\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tReplenar columnes (ajustar en) #cols\n"
#~ msgid " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tEnable alternate speller\n"
#~ msgstr " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tHabilitar corrector ortogràfic alternatiu\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tHabilitar corrector ortogràfic alternatiu\n"
#~ msgid " -t \t\t--tempfile\t\tAuto save on exit, don't prompt\n"
#~ msgstr " -t \t\t--tempfile\t\tAutodesar en sortir, sense preguntar\n"

82
po/cs.po
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.6\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-30 16:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Václav Haisman <V.Haisman@sh.cvut.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n"
@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ msgstr "P
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" nenalezen"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nový Soubor"
@ -57,7 +56,6 @@ msgstr "Nov
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Soubor \"%s\" je adresáø"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -140,7 +138,6 @@ msgstr "Nemohu zav
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Nemohu otevøít %s pro zápis: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -209,7 +206,6 @@ msgstr "Nemohu se p
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Nemohu nav¹tívit rodièe v omezeném re¾imu"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -477,9 +473,9 @@ msgstr "Otev
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Otevøi dal¹í nahraný soubor"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Nápovìda"
@ -487,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr "N
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Zavøít"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Konec"
@ -495,17 +491,16 @@ msgstr "Konec"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Zapi¹"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Zarovnání"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
#, fuzzy
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Èíst Soubor"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
#, fuzzy
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Zámìna"
@ -514,11 +509,11 @@ msgstr "Z
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Kde Je"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Pøedchozí Strana"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Dal¹í Strana"
@ -587,104 +582,104 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Jdi na Øádku"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Najdi závorku"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Nový Soubor"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Pøesun o znak dopøedu"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Pøesun o znak zpìt"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Storno"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "První Øádka"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Poslední Øádka"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Case Sens"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
#, fuzzy
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Jdi na Øádku"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regexp"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
#, fuzzy
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Bez zámìny"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
#, fuzzy
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "K Souborùm"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
#, fuzzy
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Pøidat"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Pøidat"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Jdi na"
@ -1011,7 +1006,6 @@ msgstr "current->data nyn
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Poté, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Edituj náhradu"
@ -1406,21 +1400,15 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Hledání"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
#, fuzzy
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Case Sensitive]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regexp]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
#, fuzzy
msgid " [Backwards]"
@ -1494,7 +1482,6 @@ msgstr "No tak, bu
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Není závorka"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Není korespondující závorka"
@ -1578,9 +1565,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Mám \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Aa"

82
po/da.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.7\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-03-27 22:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Keld Simonsen <keld@dkuug.dk>\n"
"Language-Team: Danish <dansk@klid.dk>\n"
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "L
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" kunne ikke findes"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
@ -56,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "Ny fil"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "\"%s\" er et katalog"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -138,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikke lukke %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Kunde ikke åbne %s for skrivning: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke g
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kan ikke besøge forælder i begrænset tilstand"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -461,9 +457,9 @@ msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Åbn næste indlæste fil"
# kontrollér at den finns
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Få hjælp"
@ -471,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "F
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Luk"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Afslut"
@ -479,16 +475,15 @@ msgstr "Afslut"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Gem"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Ombryd"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Læs fil"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Erstat"
@ -496,11 +491,11 @@ msgstr "Erstat"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Hvor findes"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Forrige"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Næste"
@ -568,99 +563,99 @@ msgstr "Slet bagl
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tabulator"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Gå til linje"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Find anden klamme"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Foregående fil"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Næste fil"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Gå et tegn fremad"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Gå et tegn bagud"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annullér"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Første linje"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Sidste linje"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Versalfølsom"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Retning"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regudtr"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Ingen erstatning"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Til filer"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "DOS-format"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Mac-format"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Tilføj ved enden"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Tilføj ved enden"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Gå til"
@ -986,7 +981,6 @@ msgstr "current->data nu = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Efter, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Redigér en erstatning"
@ -1419,20 +1413,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Søg"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr "[Versalfølsom]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regudtr]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Bagud]"
@ -1504,7 +1492,6 @@ msgstr "Ja ja, v
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Ikke en klamme"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Ingen tilsvarende klamme"
@ -1585,9 +1572,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Jeg modtog \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "JjYy"

250
po/de.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 20:01+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <de@li.org>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "%d Zeilen gelesen (aus DOS-Format konvertiert)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "»%s« nicht gefunden"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Neue Datei"
@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ msgstr "Neue Datei"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Datei »%s« ist ein Verzeichnis"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -77,7 +75,8 @@ msgstr "Datei einfügen [von %s] "
msgid "File to insert [from ./] "
msgstr "Datei einfügen [von ./] "
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784 files.c:795 files.c:1597
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784
#: files.c:795 files.c:1597
#, c-format
msgid "filename is %s"
msgstr "Dateiname ist %s"
@ -113,7 +112,8 @@ msgstr "Umgeschaltet zu %s"
msgid "Can't write outside of %s"
msgstr "Kann nicht außerhalb von %s schreiben"
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359 files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359
#: files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open file for writing: %s"
msgstr "Konnte nicht in Datei schreiben: %s"
@ -138,7 +138,6 @@ msgstr "Konnte %s nicht erneut öffnen: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Konnte %s nicht zum Vorn-Anfügen öffnen: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -202,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "Konnte nicht ins übergeordnete Verzeichnis wechseln"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kann im eingeschränkten Modus nicht nach oben wechseln"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -407,7 +405,8 @@ msgstr "Zeilenumbruch an der Cursorposition einfügen"
#: global.c:369
msgid "Make the current search or replace case (in)sensitive"
msgstr "Groß- und Kleinschreibung bei Suche oder Erstzen (nicht) berücksichtigen"
msgstr ""
"Groß- und Kleinschreibung bei Suche oder Erstzen (nicht) berücksichtigen"
#: global.c:370
msgid "Go to file browser"
@ -457,7 +456,9 @@ msgstr "Vorige geladene Datei öffnen"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Nächste geladene Datei öffnen"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678 global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791 global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Hilfe"
@ -465,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "Hilfe"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Schließen"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Beenden"
@ -473,16 +474,15 @@ msgstr "Beenden"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Speichern"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Ausrichten"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Datei öffnen"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Ersetzen"
@ -490,11 +490,11 @@ msgstr "Ersetzen"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Wo ist"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Seite zurück"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Seite vor"
@ -562,95 +562,96 @@ msgstr "Rücktaste"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Zu Zeile"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Andere Klammer finden"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Vorherige Datei"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Nächste Datei"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Nächstes Wort"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Zum folgenden Wort springen"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Vorh. Wort"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Zum vorhergehenden Wort springen"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740 global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Abbrechen"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Erste Zeile"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Letzte Zeile"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "GROSZ/klein"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Richtung"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "reg. Ausdruck"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Keine Ersetzung"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "In Dateien"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "DOS-Format"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Mac-Format"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Anhängen"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Vorn Anfügen"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Befehl ausführen"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Zu Zeile"
@ -684,16 +685,37 @@ msgstr "Unzulässige Taste im View Modus"
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" nano Hilfe\n"
"\n"
" Nano wurde konzipiert, die Funktionalität und die Benutzerfreundlichkeit des UW-Pico-Texteditors zu imitieren. Es gibt vier Hauptbereiche: Die Titelzeile zeigt die Version des Programms, den Namen der momentan editierten Datei und ob die Datei verändert wurde oder nicht. Das Hauptfenster enthält die geöffnete Datei. Die Statuszeile (die dritte Zeile von unten) zeigt wichtige Meldungen. Die untersten zwei Zeilen listen die meistgebrauchten Tastenkombinationen von nano auf.\n"
" Nano wurde konzipiert, die Funktionalität und die Benutzerfreundlichkeit "
"des UW-Pico-Texteditors zu imitieren. Es gibt vier Hauptbereiche: Die "
"Titelzeile zeigt die Version des Programms, den Namen der momentan "
"editierten Datei und ob die Datei verändert wurde oder nicht. Das "
"Hauptfenster enthält die geöffnete Datei. Die Statuszeile (die dritte Zeile "
"von unten) zeigt wichtige Meldungen. Die untersten zwei Zeilen listen die "
"meistgebrauchten Tastenkombinationen von nano auf.\n"
"\n"
" Tastenkombinationen werden wie folgt abgekürzt: Kombinationen mit der Strg-Taste werden mit einem ^ ausgedrückt. Escape-Sequenzen werden mit dem Meta-Symbol (M) angegeben und können je nach Tastatureinstellung mit Esc, Alt oder Meta eingegeben werden. Die folgenden Tasten(kombinationen) sind im Hauptfenster verfügbar. Optionale Tasten sind eingeklammert:\n"
" Tastenkombinationen werden wie folgt abgekürzt: Kombinationen mit der Strg-"
"Taste werden mit einem ^ ausgedrückt. Escape-Sequenzen werden mit dem Meta-"
"Symbol (M) angegeben und können je nach Tastatureinstellung mit Esc, Alt "
"oder Meta eingegeben werden. Die folgenden Tasten(kombinationen) sind im "
"Hauptfenster verfügbar. Optionale Tasten sind eingeklammert:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -928,7 +950,6 @@ msgstr "current->data jetzt = »%s«\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Nachher, data = »%s«\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Ersetzung editieren"
@ -940,7 +961,8 @@ msgstr "Konnte keine temporäre Datei erzeugen: %s"
#: nano.c:1666
msgid "Spell checking failed: unable to write temp file!"
msgstr "Rechtschreibprüfung fehlgeschlagen: konnte nicht in temporäre Datei schreiben"
msgstr ""
"Rechtschreibprüfung fehlgeschlagen: konnte nicht in temporäre Datei schreiben"
#: nano.c:1685
msgid "Finished checking spelling"
@ -998,18 +1020,33 @@ msgstr "Kann Absatzausrichtung nicht rückgängig machen"
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für das Suchkommando\n"
"\n"
" Geben Sie die Wörter oder Buchstaben ein, nach denen Sie suchen möchten, und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Wenn eine Übereinstimmung für den eingegebenen Text gefunden wird, dann wird die Anzeige zur nächsten Fundstelle bewegt.\n"
" Geben Sie die Wörter oder Buchstaben ein, nach denen Sie suchen möchten, "
"und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Wenn eine Übereinstimmung für den "
"eingegebenen Text gefunden wird, dann wird die Anzeige zur nächsten "
"Fundstelle bewegt.\n"
"\n"
" Bei Benutzung des Pico-Modus durch die Kommandozeilenoptionen -p oder --pico, durch den Meta-P-Umschalter oder mittels einer nanorc-Datei, wird die vorhergehende Suchzeichenkette in Klammer nach der Such-Aufforderung angezeigt. Drücken der Eingabetaste ohne Eingabe irgenwelchen Textes führt die vorhergehende Suche durch. Anderenfalls wird die vorhergehende Zeichenkette vor dem Cursor angezeigt und kann vor dem Suchen bearbeitet oder gelöscht werden.\n"
" Bei Benutzung des Pico-Modus durch die Kommandozeilenoptionen -p oder --"
"pico, durch den Meta-P-Umschalter oder mittels einer nanorc-Datei, wird die "
"vorhergehende Suchzeichenkette in Klammer nach der Such-Aufforderung "
"angezeigt. Drücken der Eingabetaste ohne Eingabe irgenwelchen Textes führt "
"die vorhergehende Suche durch. Anderenfalls wird die vorhergehende "
"Zeichenkette vor dem Cursor angezeigt und kann vor dem Suchen bearbeitet "
"oder gelöscht werden.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Suchmodus verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
@ -1018,14 +1055,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für »Zu Zeile«\n"
"\n"
" Geben Sie die Nummer der gewünschten Zeile ein und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Gibt es weniger Zeilen im Text, so springt nano zur letzten Zeile der Datei.\n"
" Geben Sie die Nummer der gewünschten Zeile ein und drücken Sie die "
"Eingabetaste. Gibt es weniger Zeilen im Text, so springt nano zur letzten "
"Zeile der Datei.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Zu-Zeile-Modus verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
@ -1034,21 +1075,34 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für »Datei einfügen«\n"
"\n"
" Geben Sie den Namen einer Datei ein, die an der momentanen Cursorposition in den momentanen Dateipuffer eingefügt werden soll.\n"
" Geben Sie den Namen einer Datei ein, die an der momentanen Cursorposition "
"in den momentanen Dateipuffer eingefügt werden soll.\n"
"\n"
" Wenn Sie nano mit Unterstützung für mehrere Dateipuffer compiliert haben und diese Funktion mit den Kommandozeilenoptionen -F oder --multibuffer, mit der Tastenkombination Meta-F oder mittels einer nanorc-Datei eingeschaltet haben, so wird die Einfügeoperation die Datei in einen separaten Puffer laden. (Benutzen Sie Meta-< und >, um zwischen den Dateipuffern umzuschalten.)\n"
" Wenn Sie einen weiteren leeren Puffer benötigen, drücken Sie einfach die Eingabetaste, ohne einen Dateinamen einzugeben, oder geben Sie einen nichtexistierenden Dateinamen an.\n"
" Wenn Sie nano mit Unterstützung für mehrere Dateipuffer compiliert haben "
"und diese Funktion mit den Kommandozeilenoptionen -F oder --multibuffer, mit "
"der Tastenkombination Meta-F oder mittels einer nanorc-Datei eingeschaltet "
"haben, so wird die Einfügeoperation die Datei in einen separaten Puffer "
"laden. (Benutzen Sie Meta-< und >, um zwischen den Dateipuffern "
"umzuschalten.)\n"
" Wenn Sie einen weiteren leeren Puffer benötigen, drücken Sie einfach die "
"Eingabetaste, ohne einen Dateinamen einzugeben, oder geben Sie einen "
"nichtexistierenden Dateinamen an.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Datei-Einfügen-Modus verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
@ -1057,18 +1111,27 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für »Datei schreiben«\n"
"\n"
" Geben Sie den Namen ein, unter dem Sie die momentane Datei speichern wollen und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.\n"
" Geben Sie den Namen ein, unter dem Sie die momentane Datei speichern wollen "
"und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.\n"
"\n"
" Wenn Sie eine Markierung mit Strg-^ benutzen und markierten Text haben, so werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie nur den ausgewählten Teil des Textes in eine separate Datei schreiben wollen. Um die Gefahr, eine Datei mit einem Teil von ihr zu überschreiben, zu minimieren, ist der aktuelle Dateiname in diesem Modus nicht die Vorgabe.\n"
" Wenn Sie eine Markierung mit Strg-^ benutzen und markierten Text haben, so "
"werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie nur den ausgewählten Teil des Textes in eine "
"separate Datei schreiben wollen. Um die Gefahr, eine Datei mit einem Teil "
"von ihr zu überschreiben, zu minimieren, ist der aktuelle Dateiname in "
"diesem Modus nicht die Vorgabe.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Datei-Schreiben-Modus verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
@ -1077,14 +1140,23 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für den Dateiwähler\n"
"\n"
" Mit dem Dateiwähler kann die Verzeichnisstruktur visuell durchsucht werden, um eine Datei für Lese- und Schreiboperationen auszuwählen. Sie können die Pfeiltasten oder Bild-Auf/Ab benutzen, um durch die Dateien zu blättern, und S oder die Eingabe, um die markierte Datei bzw. das markierte Verzeichnis auszuwählen. Um sich eine Ebene aufwärts zu bewegen, wählen Sie das Verzeichnis namens »..« ganz oben in der Dateiliste.\n"
" Mit dem Dateiwähler kann die Verzeichnisstruktur visuell durchsucht werden, "
"um eine Datei für Lese- und Schreiboperationen auszuwählen. Sie können die "
"Pfeiltasten oder Bild-Auf/Ab benutzen, um durch die Dateien zu blättern, und "
"S oder die Eingabe, um die markierte Datei bzw. das markierte Verzeichnis "
"auszuwählen. Um sich eine Ebene aufwärts zu bewegen, wählen Sie das "
"Verzeichnis namens »..« ganz oben in der Dateiliste.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Dateiwähler verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
@ -1095,7 +1167,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1104,39 +1177,54 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" Geben Sie den Namen des Verzeichnisses ein, das Sie durchsuchen wollen.\n"
"\n"
" Wenn Tabulator-Vervollständigung nicht abgeschaltet worden ist, so können Sie die Tabulator-Taste benutzen, um (zu versuchen) den Verzeichnisnamen automatisch vervollständigen zu lassen.\n"
" Wenn Tabulator-Vervollständigung nicht abgeschaltet worden ist, so können "
"Sie die Tabulator-Taste benutzen, um (zu versuchen) den Verzeichnisnamen "
"automatisch vervollständigen zu lassen.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Gehe-zu-Verzeichnis-Modus des Dateiwählers verfügbar:\n"
" Die folgenden Funktionstasten sind im Gehe-zu-Verzeichnis-Modus des "
"Dateiwählers verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2571
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für die Rechtschreibprüfung\n"
"\n"
" Die Rechtschreibprüfung überprüft die Rechtschreibung des gesamten Texts der aktuellen Datei. Wenn ein unbekanntes Wort gefunden wird, wird es hervorgehoben und eine Ersetzung kann bearbeitet werden. Sie werden dann gefragt, ob Sie die vorgenommene Ersetzung in der ganzen Datei vornehmen lassen wollen.\n"
" Die Rechtschreibprüfung überprüft die Rechtschreibung des gesamten Texts "
"der aktuellen Datei. Wenn ein unbekanntes Wort gefunden wird, wird es "
"hervorgehoben und eine Ersetzung kann bearbeitet werden. Sie werden dann "
"gefragt, ob Sie die vorgenommene Ersetzung in der ganzen Datei vornehmen "
"lassen wollen.\n"
"\n"
" Die folgenden weitern Funktionstasten sind in der Rechtschreibprüfung verfügbar:\n"
" Die folgenden weitern Funktionstasten sind in der Rechtschreibprüfung "
"verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2581
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Hilfetext für Externen Befehl\n"
" Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ausgabe eines externen Befehls, der in der Shell ausgeführt wird, in den aktuellen Puffer einzufügen (oder in einen neuen Puffer wenn Unterstützung für mehrere Puffer aktiviert ist).\n"
" Die folgenden weitern Funktionstasten sind in der Rechtschreibprüfung verfügbar:\n"
" Dieses Menü erlaubt es, die Ausgabe eines externen Befehls, der in der "
"Shell ausgeführt wird, in den aktuellen Puffer einzufügen (oder in einen "
"neuen Puffer wenn Unterstützung für mehrere Puffer aktiviert ist).\n"
" Die folgenden weitern Funktionstasten sind in der Rechtschreibprüfung "
"verfügbar:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2629 nano.c:2645
@ -1158,7 +1246,9 @@ msgstr "deaktiviert"
#: nano.c:2759
msgid "NumLock glitch detected. Keypad will malfunction with NumLock off"
msgstr "NumLock-Problem entdeckt. Tastenblock funktioniert nicht, wenn NumLock ausgeschaltet ist"
msgstr ""
"NumLock-Problem entdeckt. Tastenblock funktioniert nicht, wenn NumLock "
"ausgeschaltet ist"
#: nano.c:3077
msgid "Main: set up windows\n"
@ -1225,7 +1315,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: rcfile.c:201 rcfile.c:327 rcfile.c:381
msgid "regex strings must begin and end with a \" character\n"
msgstr "Zeichenketten für reguläre Ausdrücke müssen mit \" anfangen und enden\n"
msgstr ""
"Zeichenketten für reguläre Ausdrücke müssen mit \" anfangen und enden\n"
#: rcfile.c:210
msgid "Missing syntax name"
@ -1303,20 +1394,14 @@ msgstr "Kann mein Heimatverzeichnis nicht finden! Bäh!"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Suche"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [GROSZ/klein]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [reg. Ausdruck]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Rückwärts]"
@ -1388,7 +1473,6 @@ msgstr "Komm schon, sei vernünftig"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Keine Klammer"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Keine passende Klammer"
@ -1467,9 +1551,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = »%s«\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Erhielt »%s«\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "JjYy"
@ -1502,7 +1583,8 @@ msgstr "do_cursorpos: linepct = %f, bytepct = %f\n"
#: winio.c:1680
#, c-format
msgid "line %d/%d (%.0f%%), col %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), char %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
msgstr "Zeile %d/%d (%.0f%%), Spalte %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), Zeichen %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
msgstr ""
"Zeile %d/%d (%.0f%%), Spalte %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), Zeichen %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
#: winio.c:1841
msgid "Dumping file buffer to stderr...\n"

25
po/en@boldquot.header Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#
# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
#

22
po/en@quot.header Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
#
# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
#
# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
# transliterated to 0x22.
#

319
po/es.po
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 16:45+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jordi Mallach <jordi@sindominio.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <es@li.org>\n"
@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ msgstr "%d l
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" no encontrado"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nuevo Fichero"
@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ msgstr "Nuevo Fichero"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "El fichero \"%s\" es un directorio"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -152,7 +150,6 @@ msgstr "No se pudo reabrir %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "No se pudo abrir %s para anteponer: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -223,7 +220,6 @@ msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "No se puede visitar el directorio padre en modo restringido"
# c-format
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -491,9 +487,9 @@ msgstr "Abrir el fichero cargado previamente"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Abrir siguiente fichero cargado"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Ver Ayuda"
@ -501,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "Ver Ayuda"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Cerrar"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Salir"
@ -509,16 +505,15 @@ msgstr "Salir"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Guardar"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Justificar"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "L Fichero"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Reemplazar"
@ -526,11 +521,11 @@ msgstr "Reemplazar"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Buscar"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Pág Ant"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Pág Sig"
@ -601,108 +596,116 @@ msgstr "Tab"
# Intro (?). sv
# O introducir, no encuentro el contexto...
# Ok, es Intro (pero no se usa, parece, reportaré el bug) jm
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Intro"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Ir a Línea"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Buscar la otra llave"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Fichero Anterior"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Fichero Siguiente"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Palabra Siguiente"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Moverse hacia adelante una palabra"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Palabra Anterior"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Moverse hacia atrás una palabra"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Primera Línea"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Última Línea"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "May/Min"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Dirección"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "ExpReg"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "No Reemplazar"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "A Ficheros"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Formato DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Formato Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Añadir"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Anteponer"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Ejecutar Orden"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Ir a"
#: nano.c:194
#, c-format
msgid "\nBuffer written to %s\n"
msgstr "\nBuffer escrito en %s\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"Buffer written to %s\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Buffer escrito en %s\n"
#: nano.c:196
#, c-format
msgid "\nNo %s written (too many backup files?)\n"
msgstr "\nNo se ha escrito %s (¿demasiadas copias de seguridad?)\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"No %s written (too many backup files?)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"No se ha escrito %s (¿demasiadas copias de seguridad?)\n"
#: nano.c:205
msgid "Window size is too small for Nano..."
@ -720,16 +723,39 @@ msgstr "Tecla ilegal en modo VISUALIZACI
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" texto de ayuda de nano\n"
"\n"
" El editor nano está diseñado para emular la funcionalidad y la facilidad de uso de Pico, el editor de texto de la UW. Hay cuatro secciones en el editor: la línea superior muestra la versión del programa, el nombre del fichero editado y si el fichero ha sido o no modificado. También tenemos la ventana principal de edición, que muestra el fichero que se está editando. La línea de estado es la tercera desde abajo y muestra mensajes importantes. Las últimas dos líneas muestran los atajos más usados en el editor.\n"
" El editor nano está diseñado para emular la funcionalidad y la facilidad de "
"uso de Pico, el editor de texto de la UW. Hay cuatro secciones en el editor: "
"la línea superior muestra la versión del programa, el nombre del fichero "
"editado y si el fichero ha sido o no modificado. También tenemos la ventana "
"principal de edición, que muestra el fichero que se está editando. La línea "
"de estado es la tercera desde abajo y muestra mensajes importantes. Las "
"últimas dos líneas muestran los atajos más usados en el editor.\n"
"\n"
" La notación de los atajos es la siguiente: las secuencias con la tecla Control están anotadas con el símbolo circunflejo (^) y se accede a ellas mediante la tecla Control. Las secuencias con teclas de escape están anotadas con el símbolo Meta (M) y se puede acceder a ellas mediante las teclas Esc, Alt o Meta dependiendo de la configuración del teclado. Las siguientes combinaciones están disponibles en la ventana principal. Las teclas opcionales están representadas entre paréntesis:\n"
" La notación de los atajos es la siguiente: las secuencias con la tecla "
"Control están anotadas con el símbolo circunflejo (^) y se accede a ellas "
"mediante la tecla Control. Las secuencias con teclas de escape están "
"anotadas con el símbolo Meta (M) y se puede acceder a ellas mediante las "
"teclas Esc, Alt o Meta dependiendo de la configuración del teclado. Las "
"siguientes combinaciones están disponibles en la ventana principal. Las "
"teclas opcionales están representadas entre paréntesis:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -749,16 +775,24 @@ msgid "delete_opennode(): free'd last node.\n"
msgstr "delete_opennode(): liberado el último nodo.\n"
#: nano.c:499
msgid "Usage: nano [GNU long option] [option] +LINE <file>\n\n"
msgstr "Uso: nano [opción larga GNU] [opción] +LÍNEA <fichero>\n\n"
msgid ""
"Usage: nano [GNU long option] [option] +LINE <file>\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Uso: nano [opción larga GNU] [opción] +LÍNEA <fichero>\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:500
msgid "Option\t\tLong option\t\tMeaning\n"
msgstr "Opción\t\tOpción larga\t\tSignificado\n"
#: nano.c:502
msgid "Usage: nano [option] +LINE <file>\n\n"
msgstr "Uso: nano [opción] +LÍNEA <fichero>\n\n"
msgid ""
"Usage: nano [option] +LINE <file>\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Uso: nano [opción] +LÍNEA <fichero>\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:503
msgid "Option\t\tMeaning\n"
@ -926,8 +960,12 @@ msgid " Email: nano@nano-editor.org\tWeb: http://www.nano-editor.org"
msgstr " Correo-e: nano@nano-editor.org\tWeb: http://www.nano-editor.org"
#: nano.c:570
msgid "\n Compiled options:"
msgstr "\n Opciones compiladas:"
msgid ""
"\n"
" Compiled options:"
msgstr ""
"\n"
" Opciones compiladas:"
#: nano.c:686
msgid "Mark Set"
@ -952,7 +990,6 @@ msgstr "current->data ahora = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Después, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Editar un reemplazo"
@ -965,7 +1002,8 @@ msgstr "No se pudo crear un fichero temporal: %s"
#: nano.c:1666
msgid "Spell checking failed: unable to write temp file!"
msgstr "Comprobación de ortografía fallida: ¡no se pudo escribir fichero temporal!"
msgstr ""
"Comprobación de ortografía fallida: ¡no se pudo escribir fichero temporal!"
#: nano.c:1685
msgid "Finished checking spelling"
@ -987,7 +1025,8 @@ msgstr "No se pudo crear otro proceso"
#: nano.c:1827
msgid "Save modified buffer (ANSWERING \"No\" WILL DESTROY CHANGES) ? "
msgstr "¿ Salvar el buffer modificado (RESPONDER \"No\" DESTRUIRÁ LOS CAMBIOS) ?"
msgstr ""
"¿ Salvar el buffer modificado (RESPONDER \"No\" DESTRUIRÁ LOS CAMBIOS) ?"
#: nano.c:1982
msgid "Received SIGHUP"
@ -1026,18 +1065,32 @@ msgstr "
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda del comando Búsqueda\n"
"\n"
" Introduce las palabras o carácteres que quereis buscar y pulsad intro. Si hay una coincidencia para el texto que has introducido, la pantalla se actualizará al lugar donde está la coincidencia de la cadena buscada más cercana.\n"
" Introduce las palabras o carácteres que quereis buscar y pulsad intro. Si "
"hay una coincidencia para el texto que has introducido, la pantalla se "
"actualizará al lugar donde está la coincidencia de la cadena buscada más "
"cercana.\n"
"\n"
" Si estás usando el Modo Pico mediante las opciones -p o --pico, usando el interruptor Meta-P o usando un fichero nanorc, la cadena de la búsqueda anterior se mostrará después del indicador Buscar:. Pulsar intro sin introducir ningún texto llevará a cabo la anterior búsqueda. Si no, la anterior cadena se pondrá delante del cursor, y se podrá editar o borrar antes de pulsar intro.\n"
" Si estás usando el Modo Pico mediante las opciones -p o --pico, usando el "
"interruptor Meta-P o usando un fichero nanorc, la cadena de la búsqueda "
"anterior se mostrará después del indicador Buscar:. Pulsar intro sin "
"introducir ningún texto llevará a cabo la anterior búsqueda. Si no, la "
"anterior cadena se pondrá delante del cursor, y se podrá editar o borrar "
"antes de pulsar intro.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Búsqueda:\n"
"\n"
@ -1046,14 +1099,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda de Ir a Línea\n"
"\n"
" Introduce el número de la línea a la que quieres ir y pulsa Intro. Si hay menos líneas de texto que el número que has introducido, el cursor se moverá a la última línea del fichero.\n"
" Introduce el número de la línea a la que quieres ir y pulsa Intro. Si hay "
"menos líneas de texto que el número que has introducido, el cursor se moverá "
"a la última línea del fichero.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Ir a Línea:\n"
"\n"
@ -1062,60 +1119,92 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda de Insertar Fichero\n"
"\n"
" Escribe el nombre del fichero a añadir en el buffer actual donde se encuentra actualmente el cursor.\n"
" Escribe el nombre del fichero a añadir en el buffer actual donde se "
"encuentra actualmente el cursor.\n"
"\n"
" Si has compilado nano con soporte para múltiples ficheros y habilitas los buffers múltiples con las opciones -F o --multibuffer, con el interruptor Meta-F o usando un fichero nanorc, la inserción de un fichero hará que se cargue en un buffer diferente (usa Meta-< y > para cambiar de buffers de fichero).\n"
" Si has compilado nano con soporte para múltiples ficheros y habilitas los "
"buffers múltiples con las opciones -F o --multibuffer, con el interruptor "
"Meta-F o usando un fichero nanorc, la inserción de un fichero hará que se "
"cargue en un buffer diferente (usa Meta-< y > para cambiar de buffers de "
"fichero).\n"
"\n"
" Si necesitas otro buffer en blanco, no escribas ningún nombre de fichero o escribe el nombre de un fichero no existente y pulsa Intro.\n"
" Si necesitas otro buffer en blanco, no escribas ningún nombre de fichero o "
"escribe el nombre de un fichero no existente y pulsa Intro.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Insertar Fichero:\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Insertar "
"Fichero:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2540
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda de Guardar Fichero\n"
"\n"
" Escribe el nombre con el que quieres guardar el fichero actual y pulsa intro para salvarlo.\n"
" Escribe el nombre con el que quieres guardar el fichero actual y pulsa "
"intro para salvarlo.\n"
"\n"
" Si estás usando el código de marcado con Ctrl-^ y has seleccionado texto, se te preguntará si quieres guardar sólo la porción marcada a un fichero separado. Para reducir la posibilidad de sobreescribir el fichero actual con sólo una parte de el, el nombre del fichero actual no es el predeterminado en este modo.\n"
" Si estás usando el código de marcado con Ctrl-^ y has seleccionado texto, "
"se te preguntará si quieres guardar sólo la porción marcada a un fichero "
"separado. Para reducir la posibilidad de sobreescribir el fichero actual con "
"sólo una parte de el, el nombre del fichero actual no es el predeterminado "
"en este modo.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Guardar Fichero:\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Guardar "
"Fichero:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2552
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda del Navegador de Ficheros\n"
"\n"
" El navegador de ficheros se utiliza para navegar visualmente la estructura del directorio para seleccionar un fichero para lectura o escritura. Puedes usar los cursores o Re/Av Pag para navegar por los ficheros y S o Intro para elegir el fichero seleccionado o entrar en el directorio seleccionado. Para subir un nivel, selecciona el directorio \"..\" en la parte superior de la lista de ficheros.\n"
" El navegador de ficheros se utiliza para navegar visualmente la estructura "
"del directorio para seleccionar un fichero para lectura o escritura. Puedes "
"usar los cursores o Re/Av Pag para navegar por los ficheros y S o Intro para "
"elegir el fichero seleccionado o entrar en el directorio seleccionado. Para "
"subir un nivel, selecciona el directorio \"..\" en la parte superior de la "
"lista de ficheros.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el navegador de ficheros:\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el navegador de "
"ficheros:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2563
@ -1124,7 +1213,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1133,41 +1223,53 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" Introduce el nombre del directorio por el que quieres navegar.\n"
"\n"
" Si el completado con el tabulador no está desactivado, puedes usar la tecla TAB para (intentar) completar automáticamente el nombre del directorio.\n"
" Si el completado con el tabulador no está desactivado, puedes usar la tecla "
"TAB para (intentar) completar automáticamente el nombre del directorio.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Ir a Directorio del Navegador:\n"
" Las siguientes teclas de función están disponibles en el modo Ir a "
"Directorio del Navegador:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2571
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda del Corrector de ortografía\n"
"\n"
" El Corrector de ortografía comprueba la ortografía de todo el texto en el fichero actual. Cuando se encuentra una palabra desconocida, ésta se marca y se puede editar un substituto. Después preguntará si se quiere reemplazar todas las coincidencias de esa palabra mal escrita en el fichero actual.\n"
" El Corrector de ortografía comprueba la ortografía de todo el texto en el "
"fichero actual. Cuando se encuentra una palabra desconocida, ésta se marca y "
"se puede editar un substituto. Después preguntará si se quiere reemplazar "
"todas las coincidencias de esa palabra mal escrita en el fichero actual.\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes funciones adicionales están disponibles en el modo Corrector de ortografía:\n"
" Las siguientes funciones adicionales están disponibles en el modo Corrector "
"de ortografía:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2581
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de ayuda de la Orden Externa\n"
"\n"
" Este menú te permite insertar la salida de una orden ejecutada por el intérprete en el buffer actual (o en uno nuevo en modo multibuffer).\n"
" Este menú te permite insertar la salida de una orden ejecutada por el "
"intérprete en el buffer actual (o en uno nuevo en modo multibuffer).\n"
"\n"
" Las siguientes funciones adicionales están disponibles en el modo Orden Externa:\n"
" Las siguientes funciones adicionales están disponibles en el modo Orden "
"Externa:\n"
#: nano.c:2629 nano.c:2645
msgid "Space"
@ -1188,7 +1290,8 @@ msgstr "deshabilitado"
#: nano.c:2759
msgid "NumLock glitch detected. Keypad will malfunction with NumLock off"
msgstr "Detectado NumLock roto. El tecl. numérico funcionará con NumLock activado"
msgstr ""
"Detectado NumLock roto. El tecl. numérico funcionará con NumLock activado"
#: nano.c:3077
msgid "Main: set up windows\n"
@ -1233,8 +1336,12 @@ msgid "Error in %s on line %d: "
msgstr "Error en %s en la línea %d: "
#: rcfile.c:88
msgid "\nPress return to continue starting nano\n"
msgstr "\nPulsa enter para iniciar nano\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
"Press return to continue starting nano\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Pulsa enter para iniciar nano\n"
#: rcfile.c:176
#, c-format
@ -1266,8 +1373,12 @@ msgid "Cannot add a color directive without a syntax line"
msgstr "No se puede añadir una directiva de color sin una línea de sintaxis"
#: rcfile.c:373
msgid "\n\t\"start=\" requires a corresponding \"end=\""
msgstr "\n\t\"start=\" requiere su \"end=\" correspondiente"
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\"start=\" requires a corresponding \"end=\""
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\"start=\" requiere su \"end=\" correspondiente"
#: rcfile.c:423
msgid "parse_rcfile: Read a comment\n"
@ -1330,20 +1441,14 @@ msgstr "No se ha encontrado el directorio del usuario! Wah!"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Buscar"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [May/Min]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [ExpReg]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Hacia Atrás]"
@ -1416,7 +1521,6 @@ msgstr "Venga ya, s
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "No es una llave"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "No hay una llave correspondiente"
@ -1498,9 +1602,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Pillé \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Ss"
@ -1595,7 +1696,8 @@ msgstr "
#~ msgstr " -M \t\t--mac\t\t\tEscribir fichero en formato Mac\n"
#~ msgid " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tDon't convert files from DOS/Mac format\n"
#~ msgstr " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tNo convertir ficheros desde el formato DOS/Mac\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -N \t\t--noconvert\t\tNo convertir ficheros desde el formato DOS/Mac\n"
#~ msgid " -Q [str]\t--quotestr [str]\tQuoting string, default \"> \"\n"
#~ msgstr " -Q [cad]\t--quotestr [cad]\tMarcador de cita, por defecto \"> \"\n"
@ -1610,7 +1712,8 @@ msgstr "
#~ msgstr " -V \t\t--version\t\tImprimir versión y salir\n"
#~ msgid " -c \t\t--const\t\t\tConstantly show cursor position\n"
#~ msgstr " -c \t\t--const\t\t\tMostrar constantemente la posición del cursor\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -c \t\t--const\t\t\tMostrar constantemente la posición del cursor\n"
#~ msgid " -h \t\t--help\t\t\tShow this message\n"
#~ msgstr " -h \t\t--help\t\t\tMostrar este mensaje\n"
@ -1622,19 +1725,23 @@ msgstr "
#~ msgstr " -k \t\t--cut\t\t\t^K corta desde el cursor al final de línea\n"
#~ msgid " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tDon't follow symbolic links, overwrite\n"
#~ msgstr " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tNo seguir enlaces simbólicos, sobreescribirlos\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -l \t\t--nofollow\t\tNo seguir enlaces simbólicos, sobreescribirlos\n"
#~ msgid " -m \t\t--mouse\t\t\tEnable mouse\n"
#~ msgstr " -m \t\t--mouse\t\t\tHabilitar ratón\n"
#~ msgid " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tSet operating directory\n"
#~ msgstr " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tEstablecer el directorio de operación\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tEstablecer el directorio de operación\n"
#~ msgid " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmulate Pico as closely as possible\n"
#~ msgstr " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmular a Pico lo máximo posible\n"
#~ msgid " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgstr " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tRellenar columnas (wrapear en) #cols\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tRellenar columnas (wrapear en) #cols\n"
#~ msgid " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tEnable alternate speller\n"
#~ msgstr " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tHabilitar corrector alternativo\n"

82
po/fi.po
View File

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.2pre3\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-03 20:38+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Pauli Virtanen <pauli.virtanen@saunalahti.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "Ei löytynyt: \"%s\""
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Uusi tiedosto"
@ -60,7 +59,6 @@ msgstr "Uusi tiedosto"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "\"%s\" on hakemisto"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -143,7 +141,6 @@ msgstr "Tiedostoa %s ei voitu sulkea: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Tiedostoa %s ei voitu avata kirjoittamista varten: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -209,7 +206,6 @@ msgstr "Ei voi siirty
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Ei voi siirtyä ylähakemistoon rajoitetussa tilassa"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -468,9 +464,9 @@ msgstr "Avaa viimeksi ladattu tiedosto"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Avaa seuraava ladattu tiedosto"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Ohjeita"
@ -478,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr "Ohjeita"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Sulje"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Lopeta"
@ -486,16 +482,15 @@ msgstr "Lopeta"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Kirjoita"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Tasaa"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Lue tied."
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Korvaa"
@ -503,11 +498,11 @@ msgstr "Korvaa"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Etsi"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Ed. sivu"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Seur. sivu"
@ -575,100 +570,100 @@ msgstr "Askelpalautin"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Sarkain"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Siirry"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Etsi toinen sulje"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Uusi tiedosto"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Siirry yksi merkki eteenpäin"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Siirry yksi merkki taaksepäin"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Peru"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "1. rivi"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Viim. rivi"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Kirj. koko"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Suunta"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Säännöke"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Älä korvaa"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Tiedosto"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Lisää"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Lisää"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Siirry"
@ -989,7 +984,6 @@ msgstr "current->data nyt = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Jälkeenpäin, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Muokkaa korvausta"
@ -1334,20 +1328,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Etsi"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Kirj. koko]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Säännöke]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Taaksepäin]"
@ -1419,7 +1407,6 @@ msgstr "Jotakin j
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Ei ole sulje"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Ei vastaavaa suljetta"
@ -1500,9 +1487,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Saatiin \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Kk"

257
po/fr.po
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 17:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Philippe Guérard <jean-philippe.guerard@laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ msgstr "%d lignes lues (converties depuis le format DOS)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "« %s » non trouvé"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nouveau fichier"
@ -59,11 +58,11 @@ msgstr "Nouveau fichier"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Le fichier « %s » est un répertoire"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
msgstr "Le fichier « %s » est un fichier spécial correspondant à un périphérique"
msgstr ""
"Le fichier « %s » est un fichier spécial correspondant à un périphérique"
#: files.c:322
msgid "Reading File"
@ -78,7 +77,8 @@ msgstr "Fichier
msgid "File to insert [from ./] "
msgstr "Fichier à insérer [à partir de ./] "
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784 files.c:795 files.c:1597
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784
#: files.c:795 files.c:1597
#, c-format
msgid "filename is %s"
msgstr "le nom du fichier est %s"
@ -114,7 +114,8 @@ msgstr "Basculement vers %s"
msgid "Can't write outside of %s"
msgstr "Impossible d'écrire depuis l'extérieur de %s"
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359 files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359
#: files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open file for writing: %s"
msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier en écriture : %s"
@ -139,7 +140,6 @@ msgstr "Impossible de rouvrir %s : %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir %s pour ajouter en début : %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -203,7 +203,6 @@ msgstr "Impossible de remonter au r
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "En mode restreint, remonter au niveau supérieur est impossible"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -460,7 +459,9 @@ msgstr "Ouvrir le fichier charg
# Les messages suivants doivent tenir sur 10 caractères !
# Ils sont utilisés comme entrée des menus du bas d'écran.
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678 global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791 global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Aide"
@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ msgstr "Aide"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Fermer"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Quitter"
@ -476,16 +477,15 @@ msgstr "Quitter"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Sauver"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Justifier"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Lire fich."
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Remplacer"
@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ msgstr "Remplacer"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Où est"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Page préc."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Page suiv."
@ -565,95 +565,96 @@ msgstr "RetourArr."
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tabulation"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Entrée"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Aller lig."
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Trouver l'autre crochet"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Fichier précédent"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Fichier suivant"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Mot suivant"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Se déplacer d'un mot en avant"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Mot précédent"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Se déplacer d'un mot en arrière"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740 global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annuler"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Prem. lig."
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Dern. Lig."
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Resp.casse"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direction"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Exp. rat."
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Rechercher"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Nav. fic."
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Format DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Format Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Ajouter"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Ajouter en début"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Exécuter une commande"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Aller à"
@ -688,16 +689,40 @@ msgstr "Touche ill
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" Message d'aide de nano\n"
"\n"
" L'éditeur nano est conçu pour émuler les fonctions et la facilité d'utilisation de l'éditeur Pico de l'Université de Washington. Il comporte quatre sections principales : la ligne du haut affiche la version du programme, le fichier actuellement en cours d'édition, et s'il a été modifié ou non. Ensuite il y a la fenêtre principale d'édition qui affiche le fichier en cours de modification. La ligne d'état est la troisième en partant du bas, elle affiche les messages importants. Les deux dernières sont consacrées aux raccourcis les plus couramment utilisés :\n"
" L'éditeur nano est conçu pour émuler les fonctions et la facilité "
"d'utilisation de l'éditeur Pico de l'Université de Washington. Il comporte "
"quatre sections principales : la ligne du haut affiche la version du "
"programme, le fichier actuellement en cours d'édition, et s'il a été modifié "
"ou non. Ensuite il y a la fenêtre principale d'édition qui affiche le "
"fichier en cours de modification. La ligne d'état est la troisième en "
"partant du bas, elle affiche les messages importants. Les deux dernières "
"sont consacrées aux raccourcis les plus couramment utilisés :\n"
"\n"
" Les raccourcis sont représentés de la façon suivante : la touche « Contrôle » est notée par l'accent circonflexe (^). Les séquences d'échappement sont représentées par le symbole « Méta » (M) et peuvent être entrées via les touches « Échap. », « Alt » ou « Méta » selon la configuration de votre clavier. Les combinaisons suivantes sont disponibles dans la fenêtre principale de l'éditeur. Les touches optionnelles sont affichées entre parenthèses :\n"
" Les raccourcis sont représentés de la façon suivante : la touche « Contrôle "
"» est notée par l'accent circonflexe (^). Les séquences d'échappement sont "
"représentées par le symbole « Méta » (M) et peuvent être entrées via les "
"touches « Échap. », « Alt » ou « Méta » selon la configuration de votre "
"clavier. Les combinaisons suivantes sont disponibles dans la fenêtre "
"principale de l'éditeur. Les touches optionnelles sont affichées entre "
"parenthèses :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -934,7 +959,6 @@ msgstr "current->data vaut maintenant
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Après, data = « %s »\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Entrez une correction"
@ -946,7 +970,9 @@ msgstr "Impossible de cr
#: nano.c:1666
msgid "Spell checking failed: unable to write temp file!"
msgstr "Échec de la correction orthographique : impossible de créer un fichier temporaire !"
msgstr ""
"Échec de la correction orthographique : impossible de créer un fichier "
"temporaire !"
#: nano.c:1685
msgid "Finished checking spelling"
@ -1004,18 +1030,33 @@ msgstr "Il est maintenant possible de d
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide sur la commande de recherche\n"
"\n"
" Entrer les mots ou les caractères que vous désirez chercher, puis pressez la touche « Entrée ». Si un texte correspondant au texte que vous avez indiqué est trouvé, vous serez conduit à l'emplacement de la plus proche occurrence du texte recherché.\n"
" Entrer les mots ou les caractères que vous désirez chercher, puis pressez "
"la touche « Entrée ». Si un texte correspondant au texte que vous avez "
"indiqué est trouvé, vous serez conduit à l'emplacement de la plus proche "
"occurrence du texte recherché.\n"
"\n"
" Si vous utilisez le mode Pico, via les options -p ou --pico, le commutateur Méta-P ou le fichier de configuration nanorc, la chaîne précédemment recherchée sera affichée entre crochets derrière l'invite de recherche. Appuyer sur « Entrée » sans indiquer de texte à chercher recommencera la recherche précédente. Si vous n'êtes pas en mode Pico, la chaîne précédente sera affichée devant le curseur et pourra être éditée ou détruite avant d'appuyer sur « Entrée ».\n"
" Si vous utilisez le mode Pico, via les options -p ou --pico, le commutateur "
"Méta-P ou le fichier de configuration nanorc, la chaîne précédemment "
"recherchée sera affichée entre crochets derrière l'invite de recherche. "
"Appuyer sur « Entrée » sans indiquer de texte à chercher recommencera la "
"recherche précédente. Si vous n'êtes pas en mode Pico, la chaîne précédente "
"sera affichée devant le curseur et pourra être éditée ou détruite avant "
"d'appuyer sur « Entrée ».\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonction suivantes sont disponibles en mode recherche :\n"
"\n"
@ -1024,76 +1065,116 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide sur la commande « Aller à la ligne indiquée »\n"
"\n"
" Indiquez le numéro de ligne que vous désirez atteindre et appuyer sur « Entrée ». S'il y a moins de lignes de texte que le nombre que vous avez indiqué, vous serez conduit à la dernière ligne de texte du fichier.\n"
" Indiquez le numéro de ligne que vous désirez atteindre et appuyer sur « "
"Entrée ». S'il y a moins de lignes de texte que le nombre que vous avez "
"indiqué, vous serez conduit à la dernière ligne de texte du fichier.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles dans le mode « Aller à la ligne indiquée » :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles dans le mode « Aller à "
"la ligne indiquée » :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2526
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide sur l'insertion de fichier\n"
"\n"
" Indiquez le nom du fichier que vous désirez insérer. Il sera copié à l'intérieur du fichier en cours là où se trouve le curseur.\n"
" Indiquez le nom du fichier que vous désirez insérer. Il sera copié à "
"l'intérieur du fichier en cours là où se trouve le curseur.\n"
"\n"
" Si vous avez compilé nano avec la capacité de traiter simultanément plusieurs fichiers et que cette option a été activée soit via l'une des options de démarrage -F ou --multibuffer, soit via le commutateur Méta-F, soit via le fichier nanorc, l'insertion d'un fichier entraînera son chargement dans un tampon séparé (utilisez Méta-< et > pour passer d'un tampon à l'autre).\n"
" Si vous avez compilé nano avec la capacité de traiter simultanément "
"plusieurs fichiers et que cette option a été activée soit via l'une des "
"options de démarrage -F ou --multibuffer, soit via le commutateur Méta-F, "
"soit via le fichier nanorc, l'insertion d'un fichier entraînera son "
"chargement dans un tampon séparé (utilisez Méta-< et > pour passer d'un "
"tampon à l'autre).\n"
"\n"
" Si vous avez besoin de créer un nouveau fichier, appuyez sur « Entrée » à l'invite sans indiquer de nom de fichier, ou en indiquant le nom d'un fichier inexistant.\n"
" Si vous avez besoin de créer un nouveau fichier, appuyez sur « Entrée » à "
"l'invite sans indiquer de nom de fichier, ou en indiquant le nom d'un "
"fichier inexistant.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode « Insertion de fichier » :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode « Insertion de "
"fichier » :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2540
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide sur l'écriture de fichier\n"
"\n"
" Indiquez le nom sous lequel vous désirez sauvegarder le fichier courant et appuyez sur la touche « Entrée » pour effectuer la sauvegarde.\n"
" Indiquez le nom sous lequel vous désirez sauvegarder le fichier courant et "
"appuyez sur la touche « Entrée » pour effectuer la sauvegarde.\n"
"\n"
" Si vous utilisez le code de marquage avec Ctrl-^ et avez sélectionné du texte, il vous sera proposé de sauvegarder seulement la partie sélectionnée du texte dans un fichier séparé. Pour limiter le risque d'écraser le fichier en cours avec une simple portion de ce dernier, le nom du fichier courant n'est pas le nom qui vous sera proposé par défaut dans ce mode.\n"
" Si vous utilisez le code de marquage avec Ctrl-^ et avez sélectionné du "
"texte, il vous sera proposé de sauvegarder seulement la partie sélectionnée "
"du texte dans un fichier séparé. Pour limiter le risque d'écraser le "
"fichier en cours avec une simple portion de ce dernier, le nom du fichier "
"courant n'est pas le nom qui vous sera proposé par défaut dans ce mode.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode écriture de fichier :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode écriture de "
"fichier :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2552
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide du navigateur de fichiers\n"
"\n"
" Le navigateur de fichiers est utilisé pour parcourir visuellement la structure des répertoires afin de sélectionner un fichier en lecture ou en écriture. Les flèches et les touches « page précédente » et « page suivante » peuvent être utilisées pour parcourir les fichiers, les touches « S » et « Entrée » permettent de sélectionner un fichier ou de descendre dans un répertoire. Pour remonter dans l'arborescence des répertoires, sélectionner le répertoire appelé « .. » en haut de la liste des fichiers.\n"
" Le navigateur de fichiers est utilisé pour parcourir visuellement la "
"structure des répertoires afin de sélectionner un fichier en lecture ou en "
"écriture. Les flèches et les touches « page précédente » et « page suivante "
"» peuvent être utilisées pour parcourir les fichiers, les touches « S » et « "
"Entrée » permettent de sélectionner un fichier ou de descendre dans un "
"répertoire. Pour remonter dans l'arborescence des répertoires, sélectionner "
"le répertoire appelé « .. » en haut de la liste des fichiers.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode navigateur de fichiers :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode navigateur de "
"fichiers :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2563
@ -1102,7 +1183,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1111,39 +1193,52 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" Entrer le nom du répertoire que vous désirez parcourir.\n"
"\n"
" Si la complétion automatique du nom de fichier via « Tab » n'a pas été désactivé, vous pouvez utiliser la touche « Tab » pour essayer de compléter automatiquement le nom du répertoire.\n"
" Si la complétion automatique du nom de fichier via « Tab » n'a pas été "
"désactivé, vous pouvez utiliser la touche « Tab » pour essayer de compléter "
"automatiquement le nom du répertoire.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles dans le mode « changement de répertoire » :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles dans le mode « "
"changement de répertoire » :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2571
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide du vérification d'orthographe\n"
"\n"
" Le vérificateur d'orthographe vérifie l'orthographe de tout le texte du fichier en cours. Lorsqu'un mot inconnu est rencontré, il est surligné et peut être corrigé. Il vous sera alors proposé de remplacer chaque instance du même mot par le mot corrigé dans le fichier courant.\n"
" Le vérificateur d'orthographe vérifie l'orthographe de tout le texte du "
"fichier en cours. Lorsqu'un mot inconnu est rencontré, il est surligné et "
"peut être corrigé. Il vous sera alors proposé de remplacer chaque instance "
"du même mot par le mot corrigé dans le fichier courant.\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode vérification d'orthographe :\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles en mode vérification "
"d'orthographe :\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2581
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aide des commandes externes\n"
"\n"
" Ce menu vous permet d'insérer le texte produit par l'exécution d'une commande externe dans le tampon en cours (ou dans un nouveau tanpon pour le mode multifichier).\n"
" Ce menu vous permet d'insérer le texte produit par l'exécution d'une "
"commande externe dans le tampon en cours (ou dans un nouveau tanpon pour le "
"mode multifichier).\n"
"\n"
" Les touches de fonctions suivantes sont disponibles dans ce mode :\n"
"\n"
@ -1167,7 +1262,9 @@ msgstr "d
#: nano.c:2759
msgid "NumLock glitch detected. Keypad will malfunction with NumLock off"
msgstr "Problème lié à VerrNum détecté. Le pavé numérique fonctionnera mal si VerrNum est désactivé"
msgstr ""
"Problème lié à VerrNum détecté. Le pavé numérique fonctionnera mal si "
"VerrNum est désactivé"
#: nano.c:3077
msgid "Main: set up windows\n"
@ -1312,20 +1409,14 @@ msgstr "Impossible de trouver mon r
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Recherche"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Resp. casse]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Exp. ration.]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Arrière]"
@ -1397,7 +1488,6 @@ msgstr "Allez, soyez raisonnable"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "N'est pas un crochet"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Aucun crochet correspondant"
@ -1479,9 +1569,6 @@ msgstr "current->data =
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "J'ai obtenu « %s »\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Oo"

250
po/gl.po
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 15:37+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio <jtarrio@trasno.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <gpul-traduccion@ceu.fi.udc.es>\n"
@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ msgstr "L
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "Non se atopou \"%s\""
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Ficheiro Novo"
@ -57,7 +56,6 @@ msgstr "Ficheiro Novo"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "O ficheiro \"%s\" é un directorio"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -76,7 +74,8 @@ msgstr "Ficheiro a inserir [dende %s]"
msgid "File to insert [from ./] "
msgstr "Ficheiro a inserir [dende ./]"
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784 files.c:795 files.c:1597
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784
#: files.c:795 files.c:1597
#, c-format
msgid "filename is %s"
msgstr "filename é %s"
@ -112,7 +111,8 @@ msgstr "Cambiouse a %s"
msgid "Can't write outside of %s"
msgstr "Non se pode gravar fóra de %s"
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359 files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359
#: files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open file for writing: %s"
msgstr "Non se puido abri-lo ficheiro para escribir: %s"
@ -137,7 +137,6 @@ msgstr "Non se puido abrir de novo %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Non se puido abrir %s para engadir ao principio: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -201,7 +200,6 @@ msgstr "Non se pode ascender por un directorio"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Non se pode visita-lo pai no modo restrinxido"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -456,7 +454,9 @@ msgstr "Abrir un ficheiro cargado anteriormente"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Abri-lo seguinte ficheiro cargado"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678 global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791 global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Axuda"
@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr "Axuda"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Pechar"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Saír"
@ -472,16 +472,15 @@ msgstr "Sa
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Gravar"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Xustif."
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Ler Fich."
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Substit."
@ -489,11 +488,11 @@ msgstr "Substit."
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Buscar"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Páx. Seg."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Páx. Ant."
@ -561,95 +560,96 @@ msgstr "Retroceso"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tabulador"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Ir á Liña"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Busca-la Parella"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Ficheiro Anterior"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Seguinte Ficheiro"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Seguinte Palabra"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Avanzar unha palabra"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Palabra Anterior"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Recuar unha palabra"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740 global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Pri. Liña"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Der. Liña"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Maiú./Min."
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Dirección"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "ExpReg"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Non Subst."
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "A Ficheiros"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Formato DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Formato Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Engadir"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Engadir ao Princ."
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Executar Comando"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Ir a"
@ -683,16 +683,38 @@ msgstr "Tecla non v
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
" axuda de nano\n"
"\n"
" O editor nano está deseñado para emula-la funcionalidade e facilidade de uso o editor de texto UW Pico. Hai catro seccións principais no editor; a liña superior amosa a versión do programa, o nome do ficheiro que se está a editar, e se o ficheiro está modificado ou non. A seguinte sección é a fiestra principal do editor, que amosa o ficheiro que se edita. A liña de estado é a terceira liña dende o fondo e amosa as mensaxes importantes. As dúas derradeiras liñas amosan os atallos de teclado que máis se usan no editor.\n"
" O editor nano está deseñado para emula-la funcionalidade e facilidade de "
"uso o editor de texto UW Pico. Hai catro seccións principais no editor; a "
"liña superior amosa a versión do programa, o nome do ficheiro que se está a "
"editar, e se o ficheiro está modificado ou non. A seguinte sección é a "
"fiestra principal do editor, que amosa o ficheiro que se edita. A liña de "
"estado é a terceira liña dende o fondo e amosa as mensaxes importantes. As "
"dúas derradeiras liñas amosan os atallos de teclado que máis se usan no "
"editor.\n"
"\n"
" A notación dos atallos é así: as secuencias Control-tecla denótanse cun circunflexo (^) e introdúcense coa tecla Control (Ctrl). As secuencias Escape-tecla denótanse co símbolo Meta (M) e introdúcense coa tecla Esc, Alt ou Meta, dependendo do teclado. As seguintes pulsacións están dispoñibles na fiestra principal do editor. As teclas opcionais aparecen entre parénteses:\n"
" A notación dos atallos é así: as secuencias Control-tecla denótanse cun "
"circunflexo (^) e introdúcense coa tecla Control (Ctrl). As secuencias "
"Escape-tecla denótanse co símbolo Meta (M) e introdúcense coa tecla Esc, Alt "
"ou Meta, dependendo do teclado. As seguintes pulsacións están dispoñibles na "
"fiestra principal do editor. As teclas opcionais aparecen entre parénteses:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -927,7 +949,6 @@ msgstr "current->data agora = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Despois, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Editar unha substitución"
@ -939,7 +960,8 @@ msgstr "Non se puido crear un ficheiro temporal: %s"
#: nano.c:1666
msgid "Spell checking failed: unable to write temp file!"
msgstr "Fallou a corrección ortográfica: non se puido grava-lo ficheiro temporal"
msgstr ""
"Fallou a corrección ortográfica: non se puido grava-lo ficheiro temporal"
#: nano.c:1685
msgid "Finished checking spelling"
@ -959,7 +981,8 @@ msgstr "Non se puido iniciar outro proceso"
#: nano.c:1827
msgid "Save modified buffer (ANSWERING \"No\" WILL DESTROY CHANGES) ? "
msgstr "¿Grava-lo buffer modificado (SE RESPOSTA \"Non\" HANSE PERDE-LOS CAMBIOS)? "
msgstr ""
"¿Grava-lo buffer modificado (SE RESPOSTA \"Non\" HANSE PERDE-LOS CAMBIOS)? "
#: nano.c:1982
msgid "Received SIGHUP"
@ -997,18 +1020,30 @@ msgstr "
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda do Comando Busca\n"
"\n"
" Introduza as palabras ou caracteres que quere buscar, e prema Intro. Se o texto que introduciu aparece no texto, a pantalla hase actualizar na posición da aparición máis cercana da cadea de busca.\n"
" Introduza as palabras ou caracteres que quere buscar, e prema Intro. Se o "
"texto que introduciu aparece no texto, a pantalla hase actualizar na "
"posición da aparición máis cercana da cadea de busca.\n"
"\n"
" Se emprega o Modo Pico cos modificadores -p ou --pico, empregando as teclas Meta-P ou cun ficheiro nanorc, hase amosa-la cadea de busca anterior en corchetes despois do indicativo Busca:. Ao premer Intro sen introducir ningún texto hase face-la busca anterior. Noutro caso, a cadea anterior hase situar diante do cursor e pódese editar ou borrar antes de premer Intro.\n"
" Se emprega o Modo Pico cos modificadores -p ou --pico, empregando as teclas "
"Meta-P ou cun ficheiro nanorc, hase amosa-la cadea de busca anterior en "
"corchetes despois do indicativo Busca:. Ao premer Intro sen introducir "
"ningún texto hase face-la busca anterior. Noutro caso, a cadea anterior hase "
"situar diante do cursor e pódese editar ou borrar antes de premer Intro.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo Busca:\n"
"\n"
@ -1017,14 +1052,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda de Ir á Liña\n"
"\n"
" Introduza o número da liña á que quere ir e prema Intro. Se hai menos liñas de texto que o número introducido, háselle levar á derradeira liña do ficheiro.\n"
" Introduza o número da liña á que quere ir e prema Intro. Se hai menos liñas "
"de texto que o número introducido, háselle levar á derradeira liña do "
"ficheiro.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo Ir á Liña:\n"
"\n"
@ -1033,60 +1072,91 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda de Inserción dun Ficheiro\n"
"\n"
" Introduza o nome dun ficheiro a inserir no buffer de ficheiro actual na posición actual do cursor.\n"
" Introduza o nome dun ficheiro a inserir no buffer de ficheiro actual na "
"posición actual do cursor.\n"
"\n"
" Se compilou nano con soporte de múltiples buffers de ficheiro e activa os buffers múltiples cos modificadores de liña de comando -F ou --multibuffer, coas teclas Meta-F ou cun ficheiro nanorc, a inserción dun ficheiro fará que se cargue nun buffer separado (empregue Meta-< e > para cambiar entre buffers de ficheiro).\n"
" Se compilou nano con soporte de múltiples buffers de ficheiro e activa os "
"buffers múltiples cos modificadores de liña de comando -F ou --multibuffer, "
"coas teclas Meta-F ou cun ficheiro nanorc, a inserción dun ficheiro fará que "
"se cargue nun buffer separado (empregue Meta-< e > para cambiar entre "
"buffers de ficheiro).\n"
"\n"
" Se precisa doutro buffer en branco, non escriba un nome de ficheiro, ou escriba un nome de ficheiro que non exista no indicativo e prema Enter.\n"
" Se precisa doutro buffer en branco, non escriba un nome de ficheiro, ou "
"escriba un nome de ficheiro que non exista no indicativo e prema Enter.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo de Inserción dun Ficheiro:\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo de Inserción dun "
"Ficheiro:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2540
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda da Escritura de Ficheiros\n"
"\n"
" Escriba o nome co que quere garda-lo ficheiro actual e prema Intro para grava-lo ficheiro.\n"
" Escriba o nome co que quere garda-lo ficheiro actual e prema Intro para "
"grava-lo ficheiro.\n"
"\n"
" Se emprega o código marcador con Control-^ e ten texto seleccionado, háselle pedir que grave só a parte seleccionada a un ficheiro separado. Para reduci-la posibilidade de sobrescribi-lo ficheiro actual con só unha parte del, o nome do ficheiro actual non é o nome por defecto neste modo.\n"
" Se emprega o código marcador con Control-^ e ten texto seleccionado, "
"háselle pedir que grave só a parte seleccionada a un ficheiro separado. Para "
"reduci-la posibilidade de sobrescribi-lo ficheiro actual con só unha parte "
"del, o nome do ficheiro actual non é o nome por defecto neste modo.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo de Escritura de Ficheiros:\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo de Escritura de "
"Ficheiros:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2552
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda do Navegador de Ficheiros\n"
"\n"
" O navegador de ficheiros emprégase para amosar visualmente a estructura de directorios para escoller un ficheiro que ler ou escribir. Pode usa-las teclas das frechas ou AvPág/RePág para navegar polos ficheiros, e S ou Intro para escolle-lo ficheiro seleccionado ou entrar no directorio seleccionado. Para subir un nivel, escolla o directorio chamado \"..\" na parte de enriba da lista de ficheiros.\n"
" O navegador de ficheiros emprégase para amosar visualmente a estructura de "
"directorios para escoller un ficheiro que ler ou escribir. Pode usa-las "
"teclas das frechas ou AvPág/RePág para navegar polos ficheiros, e S ou Intro "
"para escolle-lo ficheiro seleccionado ou entrar no directorio seleccionado. "
"Para subir un nivel, escolla o directorio chamado \"..\" na parte de enriba "
"da lista de ficheiros.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no navegador de ficheiros:\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no navegador de "
"ficheiros:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2563
@ -1095,7 +1165,8 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1104,23 +1175,31 @@ msgstr ""
"\n"
" Introduza o nome do directorio ao que quere pasar.\n"
"\n"
" Se o completado co tabulador non está desactivado, pode emprega-la tecla TAB para (tratar de) completar automaticamente o nome do directorio.\n"
" Se o completado co tabulador non está desactivado, pode emprega-la tecla "
"TAB para (tratar de) completar automaticamente o nome do directorio.\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo Ir a Directorio do Navegador:\n"
" As seguintes teclas de función están dispoñibles no modo Ir a Directorio "
"do Navegador:\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:2571
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda do Corrector Ortográfico\n"
"\n"
" O corrector ortográfico comproba a ortografía de todo o texto do ficheiro actual. Cando se atopa unha palabra descoñecida, resáltase e pódese editar unha que a substitúa. Despois ha preguntar se se cambian todas as aparicións da palabra errada no ficheiro actual.\n"
" O corrector ortográfico comproba a ortografía de todo o texto do ficheiro "
"actual. Cando se atopa unha palabra descoñecida, resáltase e pódese editar "
"unha que a substitúa. Despois ha preguntar se se cambian todas as aparicións "
"da palabra errada no ficheiro actual.\n"
"\n"
" Existen as seguintes funcións no modo Corrector Ortográfico:\n"
"\n"
@ -1129,14 +1208,16 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Texto de Axuda dos Comandos Externos\n"
"\n"
" Este menú permítelle inseri-la saída dun comando executado polo intérprete de comandos no buffer actual (ou noutro buffer no modo multibuffer).\n"
" Este menú permítelle inseri-la saída dun comando executado polo intérprete "
"de comandos no buffer actual (ou noutro buffer no modo multibuffer).\n"
"\n"
" As seguintes teclas están dispoñibles neste modo:\n"
"\n"
@ -1227,7 +1308,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: rcfile.c:201 rcfile.c:327 rcfile.c:381
msgid "regex strings must begin and end with a \" character\n"
msgstr "as cadeas de expresión regular deben comezar e rematar cun carácter \"\n"
msgstr ""
"as cadeas de expresión regular deben comezar e rematar cun carácter \"\n"
#: rcfile.c:210
msgid "Missing syntax name"
@ -1305,20 +1387,14 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Busca"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Sensible ás Maiúsculas/Minúsculas]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [ExpReg]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Cara a Atrás]"
@ -1390,7 +1466,6 @@ msgstr "Vamos, sexa razonable"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Non é un delimitador"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Non se atopou a parella do delimitador"
@ -1469,9 +1544,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Recibiuse \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Ss"
@ -1572,7 +1644,8 @@ msgstr "
#~ msgstr " -S\t\t--smooth\t\tDesprazamento suave\n"
#~ msgid " -T [num]\t--tabsize=[num]\t\tSet width of a tab to num\n"
#~ msgstr " -t [núm]\t--tabsize=[núm]\t\tEstabrece-lo ancho da tabulación a núm\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -t [núm]\t--tabsize=[núm]\t\tEstabrece-lo ancho da tabulación a núm\n"
#~ msgid " -V \t\t--version\t\tPrint version information and exit\n"
#~ msgstr " -V \t\t--version\t\tAmosar información da versión e saír\n"
@ -1596,16 +1669,19 @@ msgstr "
#~ msgstr " -m \t\t--mouse\t\t\tEmprega-lo rato\n"
#~ msgid " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tSet operating directory\n"
#~ msgstr " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tEstabrece-lo directorio de traballo\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -o [dir] \t--operatingdir=[dir]\tEstabrece-lo directorio de traballo\n"
#~ msgid " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmulate Pico as closely as possible\n"
#~ msgstr " -p \t\t--pico\t\t\tEmular Pico o máis fielmente posible\n"
#~ msgid " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ " -r [#cols] \t--fill=[#cols]\t\tSet fill cols to (wrap lines at) #cols\n"
#~ msgstr " -r [col] \t--fill=[col]\t\tCorta-las liñas na columna col\n"
#~ msgid " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tEnable alternate speller\n"
#~ msgstr " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tEmpregar outro corrector ortográfico\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " -s [prog] \t--speller=[prog]\tEmpregar outro corrector ortográfico\n"
#~ msgid " -t \t\t--tempfile\t\tAuto save on exit, don't prompt\n"
#~ msgstr " -t \t\t--tempfile\t\tGravar ao saír, sen preguntar\n"

84
po/hu.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.6\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-06 18:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Gergely Nagy <algernon@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <magyar@lists.linux.hu>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "%d sort beolvastam (DOS form
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" nem található"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Új Állomány"
@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "A(z) \"%s\" állomány egy könyvtár"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -140,7 +138,6 @@ msgstr "Nem lehet lez
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Nem lehet %s-t megnyitni írásra: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -206,7 +203,6 @@ msgstr "Nem lehet egy k
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Nem lehet feljebb menni korlátozott módban"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -465,9 +461,9 @@ msgstr "El
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Következõ betöltött állomány megnyitása"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Súgó"
@ -475,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr "S
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Bezárás"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Kilépés"
@ -483,16 +479,15 @@ msgstr "Kil
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Mentés"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Sorkizár"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Beolvasás"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Csere"
@ -500,11 +495,11 @@ msgstr "Csere"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Keresés"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Elõzõ old."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Köv. old."
@ -572,100 +567,100 @@ msgstr "Visszal
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tabulátor"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Sorra ugrás"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Másik zárójel megkeresése"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Új Állomány"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Ugrás a következõ karakterre"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Ugrás az elõzõ karakterre"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Mégsem"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Elsõ sor"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Utolsó sor"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Kis/Nagy"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Irány"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regkif"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Nem cserél"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Tallózás"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Hozzáfûz"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Hozzáfûz"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Ugrás"
@ -990,7 +985,6 @@ msgstr "current->data most = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Azután, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "A helyettesítõ érték módosítása"
@ -1423,20 +1417,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Keresés"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [kis/Nagy]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regexp]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Vissza]"
@ -1508,7 +1496,6 @@ msgstr "Naaa, legy
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Nem zárójel"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Nincs illeszkedõ zárójel"
@ -1526,7 +1513,7 @@ msgid "nano: realloc: out of memory!"
msgstr "nano: realloc: elfogyott a memória!"
#: winio.c:123
#, c-format
#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "actual_x_from_start for xplus=%d returned %d\n"
msgstr "xplus=%d érték actual_x_from_start-hoz\n"
@ -1587,9 +1574,6 @@ msgstr "current->Data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "\"%s\" észlelve.\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Ii"

82
po/id.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.8\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-04-22 16:58GMT+0700\n"
"Last-Translator: Tedi Heriyanto <tedi_h@gmx.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Indonesian <translation-team-id@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Membaca %d baris (Konversi dari format DOS)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" tidak ditemukan"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "File Baru"
@ -57,7 +56,6 @@ msgstr "File Baru"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "File \"%s\" adalah sebuah direktori"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -139,7 +137,6 @@ msgstr "Tidak dapat menutup %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Tidak dapat membuka %s untuk menulis: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -205,7 +202,6 @@ msgstr "Tidak dapat memindahkan direktori"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Tidak dapat mengunjungi parent dalam mode terbatas"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -461,9 +457,9 @@ msgstr "Buka file yang telah dimuat sebelumnya"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Buka file yang akan dimuat"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Bantuan"
@ -471,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "Bantuan"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Tutup"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Keluar"
@ -479,16 +475,15 @@ msgstr "Keluar"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Tulis"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Justifikasi"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Baca File"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Ganti"
@ -496,11 +491,11 @@ msgstr "Ganti"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Di mana"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Hlm sebelumnya"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Hlm berikutnya"
@ -568,99 +563,99 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Ke baris"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Cari Kurung Lain"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "File Sebelumnya"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "File Sesudahnya"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Pindah satu karakter ke depan"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Pindah satu karakter ke belakang"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Batal"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Baris pertama"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Baris terakhir"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Case Sens"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Arah"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regexp"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Tiada Replace"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Ke File"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Format DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Format Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Tambah"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Tambah"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Eksekusi Perintah"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Ke"
@ -964,7 +959,6 @@ msgstr "current->data sekarang =\"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Setelah, data= \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Edit pengganti"
@ -1402,20 +1396,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Cari"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Case Sensitive]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regexp]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Backwards]"
@ -1487,7 +1475,6 @@ msgstr "Ayo, yang masuk akal"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Bukan tanda kurung"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Tidak ada tanda kurung yang cocok"
@ -1566,9 +1553,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Saya dapat \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Yy"

23
po/insert-header.sin Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
#
# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
/^msgid /{
x
# Test if the hold space is empty.
s/m/m/
ta
# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
r HEADER
# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
# current line while doing this.
g
N
bb
:a
# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
x
:b
}

223
po/it.po
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.9\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 10:31+01:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Marco Colombo <magicdice@inwind.it>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n"
@ -47,7 +47,6 @@ msgstr "Lette %d righe (Convertite dal formato DOS)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" non trovato"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nuovo file"
@ -57,7 +56,6 @@ msgstr "Nuovo file"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Il file \"%s\" è una directory"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -76,7 +74,8 @@ msgstr "File da inserire [da %s] "
msgid "File to insert [from ./] "
msgstr "File da inserire [da ./] "
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784 files.c:795 files.c:1597
#: files.c:390 files.c:576 files.c:629 files.c:720 files.c:732 files.c:784
#: files.c:795 files.c:1597
#, c-format
msgid "filename is %s"
msgstr "Il nome del file è %s"
@ -112,7 +111,8 @@ msgstr "Scambiato da %s"
msgid "Can't write outside of %s"
msgstr "Non posso salvare fuori da %s"
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359 files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#: files.c:1291 files.c:1307 files.c:1317 files.c:1331 files.c:1359
#: files.c:1366 files.c:1378
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open file for writing: %s"
msgstr "Impossibile aprire il file in scrittura: %s"
@ -137,7 +137,6 @@ msgstr "Impossibile riaprire %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Impossibile aprire %s in scrittura: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -203,7 +202,6 @@ msgstr "Non posso risalire la directory"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Non posso risalire la directory in modalità ristretta"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -459,7 +457,9 @@ msgstr "Apri un file precedentemente caricato"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Apri il successivo file caricato"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678 global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791 global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Aiuto"
@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr "Aiuto"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Chiudi"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Esci"
@ -475,16 +475,15 @@ msgstr "Esci"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Salva"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Giustifica"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Inserisci"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Sostituisci"
@ -492,11 +491,11 @@ msgstr "Sostituisci"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Cerca"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Pag Prec."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Pag Succ."
@ -564,96 +563,97 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Invio"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Vai a riga"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Trova la parentesi corrispondente"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "File precedente"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "File successivo"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr "Parola successiva"
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Avanza di una parola"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr "Parola precedente"
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Arretra di una parola"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740 global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annulla"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Prima riga"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Ultima riga"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Case sens"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direzione"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regexp"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Non sost."
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Sfoglia"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Formato DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Formato Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Accoda"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Accoda"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Esegui comando"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Vai a..."
@ -687,16 +687,40 @@ msgstr "Chiave illegale in modalit
msgid ""
" nano help text\n"
"\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
" The nano editor is designed to emulate the functionality and ease-of-use of "
"the UW Pico text editor. There are four main sections of the editor: The "
"top line shows the program version, the current filename being edited, and "
"whether or not the file has been modified. Next is the main editor window "
"showing the file being edited. The status line is the third line from the "
"bottom and shows important messages. The bottom two lines show the most "
"commonly used shortcuts in the editor.\n"
"\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys are shown in parentheses:\n"
" The notation for shortcuts is as follows: Control-key sequences are notated "
"with a caret (^) symbol and are entered with the Control (Ctrl) key. Escape-"
"key sequences are notated with the Meta (M) symbol and can be entered using "
"either the Esc, Alt or Meta key depending on your keyboard setup. The "
"following keystrokes are available in the main editor window. Optional keys "
"are shown in parentheses:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto di nano\n"
"\n"
" nano è un editor di testi disegnato per emulare le funzionalità e la facilità d'uso di Pico. Ci sono quattro sezioni principali dell'editor: La riga superiore mostra la versione del programma, il nome del file correntemente in uso e se il file è stato modificato oppure no. Più sotto c'è la finestra principale che mostra il contenuto del file che si sta editando. La barra di stato è la terza riga dal basso e mostra importanti messaggi. Le due righe finali mostrano le abbreviazioni più comunemente usate. \n"
" nano è un editor di testi disegnato per emulare le funzionalità e la "
"facilità d'uso di Pico. Ci sono quattro sezioni principali dell'editor: La "
"riga superiore mostra la versione del programma, il nome del file "
"correntemente in uso e se il file è stato modificato oppure no. Più sotto "
"c'è la finestra principale che mostra il contenuto del file che si sta "
"editando. La barra di stato è la terza riga dal basso e mostra importanti "
"messaggi. Le due righe finali mostrano le abbreviazioni più comunemente "
"usate. \n"
"\n"
" La notazione per le abbreviazioni è la seguente: Le sequenze col tasto Control sono identificate con il simbolo (^) e sono introdotte col tasto Control (Ctrl). Le sequenze col tasto Escape sono identificate col simbolo Meta (M) e possono essere inserite usato alternativamente il tasto Esc, Alt o Meta secondo la configurazione della vostra tastiera. Le seguenti abbreviazioni sono disponibili nella finestra principale dell'editor. Le sequenze alternative sono mostrate tra parentesi.\n"
" La notazione per le abbreviazioni è la seguente: Le sequenze col tasto "
"Control sono identificate con il simbolo (^) e sono introdotte col tasto "
"Control (Ctrl). Le sequenze col tasto Escape sono identificate col simbolo "
"Meta (M) e possono essere inserite usato alternativamente il tasto Esc, Alt "
"o Meta secondo la configurazione della vostra tastiera. Le seguenti "
"abbreviazioni sono disponibili nella finestra principale dell'editor. Le "
"sequenze alternative sono mostrate tra parentesi.\n"
"\n"
#: nano.c:388
@ -931,7 +955,6 @@ msgstr "current->data ora = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Dopo, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Modifica sostituzione"
@ -943,7 +966,8 @@ msgstr "Impossibile creare un nome file temporaneo: %s"
#: nano.c:1666
msgid "Spell checking failed: unable to write temp file!"
msgstr "Controllo ortografico fallito: impossibile scrivere su file temporaneo!"
msgstr ""
"Controllo ortografico fallito: impossibile scrivere su file temporaneo!"
#: nano.c:1685
msgid "Finished checking spelling"
@ -963,7 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Impossibile effettuare un fork"
#: nano.c:1827
msgid "Save modified buffer (ANSWERING \"No\" WILL DESTROY CHANGES) ? "
msgstr "Salva il buffer modificato? (RISPONDENDO \"No\" ANNULLERETE I CAMBIAMENTI AVVENUTI) "
msgstr ""
"Salva il buffer modificato? (RISPONDENDO \"No\" ANNULLERETE I CAMBIAMENTI "
"AVVENUTI) "
#: nano.c:1982
msgid "Received SIGHUP"
@ -1001,18 +1027,31 @@ msgstr "E' ora possibile togliere la giustificazione!"
msgid ""
"Search Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
" Enter the words or characters you would like to search for, then hit "
"enter. If there is a match for the text you entered, the screen will be "
"updated to the location of the nearest match for the search string.\n"
"\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
" If using Pico Mode via the -p or --pico flags, using the Meta-P toggle or "
"using a nanorc file, the previous search string will be shown in brackets "
"after the Search: prompt. Hitting enter without entering any text will "
"perform the previous search. Otherwise, the previous string will be placed "
"in front of the cursor, and can be edited or deleted before hitting enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Search mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Cerca\n"
"\n"
" Inserisci le parole o i caratteri che vuoi cercare, quindi premi invio. Se c'è una corrispondenza con il testo inserito, lo schermo sarà aggiornato alla posizione della più vicina occorrenza della stringa cercata.\n"
" Inserisci le parole o i caratteri che vuoi cercare, quindi premi invio. Se "
"c'è una corrispondenza con il testo inserito, lo schermo sarà aggiornato "
"alla posizione della più vicina occorrenza della stringa cercata.\n"
"\n"
" Se ci si trova in modalità Pico (attraverso i flag -p o --pico, usando la combinazione Meta-P o mediante il file nanorc), la stringa cercata precedentemente sarà mostrata tra parentesi dopo il comando Cerca. Premendo invio senza inserire alcun testo, verrà effettuata la precedente ricerca. Altrimenti, la precedente stringa sarà posizionata davanti al cursore, e potrà essere modificata o cancellata prima di premere invio.\n"
" Se ci si trova in modalità Pico (attraverso i flag -p o --pico, usando la "
"combinazione Meta-P o mediante il file nanorc), la stringa cercata "
"precedentemente sarà mostrata tra parentesi dopo il comando Cerca. Premendo "
"invio senza inserire alcun testo, verrà effettuata la precedente ricerca. "
"Altrimenti, la precedente stringa sarà posizionata davanti al cursore, e "
"potrà essere modificata o cancellata prima di premere invio.\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Cerca:\n"
"\n"
@ -1021,14 +1060,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Goto Line Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the last line of the file.\n"
" Enter the line number that you wish to go to and hit Enter. If there are "
"fewer lines of text than the number you entered, you will be brought to the "
"last line of the file.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in Goto Line mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Vai a...\n"
"\n"
" Inserisci il numero della riga in cui vuoi andare e premi Invio. Se ci sono meno righe di testo del numero inserito, sarai portato all'ultima riga del file.\n"
" Inserisci il numero della riga in cui vuoi andare e premi Invio. Se ci sono "
"meno righe di testo del numero inserito, sarai portato all'ultima riga del "
"file.\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Vai a...:\n"
"\n"
@ -1038,20 +1081,30 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Insert File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at the current cursor location.\n"
" Type in the name of a file to be inserted into the current file buffer at "
"the current cursor location.\n"
"\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
" If you have compiled nano with multiple file buffer support, and enable "
"multiple buffers with the -F or --multibuffer command line flags, the Meta-F "
"toggle or using a nanorc file, inserting a file will cause it to be loaded "
"into a separate buffer (use Meta-< and > to switch between file buffers).\n"
"\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
" If you need another blank buffer, do not enter any filename, or type in a "
"nonexistent filename at the prompt and press Enter.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Insert File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Inserisci:\n"
"\n"
" Scrivi il nome del file da inserire nel corrente all'attuale posizione del cursore.\n"
" Scrivi il nome del file da inserire nel corrente all'attuale posizione del "
"cursore.\n"
"\n"
" Se nano è stato compilato con il supporto ai file multipli (abilitato con i flag -F o --multibuffer da linea di comando, attraverso la combinazione Meta-F o usando il file nanorc), l'inserimento di un file ne provocherà il caricamento in un buffer separato (usare Ctr-< e > per muoversi tra i buffer).\n"
" Se nano è stato compilato con il supporto ai file multipli (abilitato con i "
"flag -F o --multibuffer da linea di comando, attraverso la combinazione Meta-"
"F o usando il file nanorc), l'inserimento di un file ne provocherà il "
"caricamento in un buffer separato (usare Ctr-< e > per muoversi tra i "
"buffer).\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Inserisci:\n"
"\n"
@ -1060,18 +1113,27 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Write File Help Text\n"
"\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to save the file.\n"
" Type the name that you wish to save the current file as and hit enter to "
"save the file.\n"
"\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
" If you are using the marker code with Ctrl-^ and have selected text, you "
"will be prompted to save only the selected portion to a separate file. To "
"reduce the chance of overwriting the current file with just a portion of it, "
"the current filename is not the default in this mode.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Write File mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Salva\n"
"\n"
" Inserisci il nome con cui vuoi salvare il file corrente e premi invio per procedere al salvataggio.\n"
" Inserisci il nome con cui vuoi salvare il file corrente e premi invio per "
"procedere al salvataggio.\n"
"\n"
" Se è stata impostata una marcatura con Ctrl-^ e del testo è selezionato, vi verrà chiesto se salvare solo la porzione selezionata in un file separato. Per ridurre la probabilità di sovrascrivere il file corrente con solo una porzione di esso, il nome corrente del file non è il nome di default in questo modo.\n"
" Se è stata impostata una marcatura con Ctrl-^ e del testo è selezionato, vi "
"verrà chiesto se salvare solo la porzione selezionata in un file separato. "
"Per ridurre la probabilità di sovrascrivere il file corrente con solo una "
"porzione di esso, il nome corrente del file non è il nome di default in "
"questo modo.\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Salva:\n"
@ -1079,7 +1141,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"File Browser Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
" The file browser is used to visually browse the directory structure to "
"select a file for reading or writing. You may use the arrow keys or Page Up/"
"Down to browse through the files, and S or Enter to choose the selected file "
"or enter the selected directory. To move up one level, select the directory "
"called \"..\" at the top of the file list.\n"
"\n"
" The following functions keys are available in the file browser:\n"
"\n"
@ -1092,14 +1158,17 @@ msgid ""
"\n"
" Enter the name of the directory you would like to browse to.\n"
"\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to (attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
" If tab completion has not been disabled, you can use the TAB key to "
"(attempt to) automatically complete the directory name.\n"
"\n"
" The following function keys are available in Browser GotoDir mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Vai a...\n"
"\n"
" Inserisci il numero della riga in cui vuoi andare e premi Invio. Se ci sono meno righe di testo del numero inserito, sarai portato all'ultima riga del file.\n"
" Inserisci il numero della riga in cui vuoi andare e premi Invio. Se ci sono "
"meno righe di testo del numero inserito, sarai portato all'ultima riga del "
"file.\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Vai a...:\n"
"\n"
@ -1108,14 +1177,20 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Spell Check Help Text\n"
"\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given misspelled word in the current file.\n"
" The spell checker checks the spelling of all text in the current file. "
"When an unknown word is encountered, it is highlighted and a replacement can "
"be edited. It will then prompt to replace every instance of the given "
"misspelled word in the current file.\n"
"\n"
" The following other functions are available in Spell Check mode:\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Aiuto per il comando Ortografia\n"
"\n"
" Il correttore ortografico verifica l'ortografia di tutto il contenuto del file corrente. Quando viene trovata una parola non riconosciuta, questa viene evidenziata e una sostituzione può essere predisposta. Verrà chiesto se rimpiazzare ogni istanza della parola errata nel file corrente.\n"
" Il correttore ortografico verifica l'ortografia di tutto il contenuto del "
"file corrente. Quando viene trovata una parola non riconosciuta, questa "
"viene evidenziata e una sostituzione può essere predisposta. Verrà chiesto "
"se rimpiazzare ogni istanza della parola errata nel file corrente.\n"
"\n"
" Le seguenti funzioni sono disponibili in modalità Ortografia:\n"
"\n"
@ -1124,7 +1199,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"External Command Help Text\n"
"\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
" This menu allows you to insert the output of a command run by the shell "
"into the current buffer (or a new buffer in multibuffer mode).\n"
"\n"
" The following keys are available in this mode:\n"
"\n"
@ -1149,7 +1225,9 @@ msgstr "disabilitato"
#: nano.c:2759
msgid "NumLock glitch detected. Keypad will malfunction with NumLock off"
msgstr "Rilevato difetto di funzionamento del NumLock. Il keypad potrebbe non funzionare col Numlock spento"
msgstr ""
"Rilevato difetto di funzionamento del NumLock. Il keypad potrebbe non "
"funzionare col Numlock spento"
#: nano.c:3077
msgid "Main: set up windows\n"
@ -1295,20 +1373,14 @@ msgstr "Non riesco a trovare l'home directory! Mah!"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Ricerca"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Case sensitive]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Espressioni regolari]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [All'indietro]"
@ -1380,7 +1452,6 @@ msgstr "Avanti, sii ragionevole"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Non è una parentesi"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Parentesi corrispondente non trovata"
@ -1459,9 +1530,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Premuto \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Ss"
@ -1494,7 +1562,8 @@ msgstr "do_cursorpos: linepct = %f, bytepct = %f\n"
#: winio.c:1680
#, c-format
msgid "line %d/%d (%.0f%%), col %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), char %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
msgstr "Riga %d/%d (%.0f%%), colonna %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), carattere %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
msgstr ""
"Riga %d/%d (%.0f%%), colonna %ld/%ld (%.0f%%), carattere %ld/%ld (%.0f%%)"
#: winio.c:1841
msgid "Dumping file buffer to stderr...\n"

82
po/nb.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.6\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-02-15 17:12+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Stig E Sandoe <stig@ii.uib.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n-nb@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Leste %d linjer (Konvertert fra DOS-format)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" ikke funnet"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
@ -59,7 +58,6 @@ msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Filen \"%s\" er en katalog"
# "enhet" = "device", kanskje, men det er litt forvirrande
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -141,7 +139,6 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikke lukke %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Kunne ikke åpne %s for skriving: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -207,7 +204,6 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke bevege seg opp en katalog"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kan ikke besøke forelder i begrenset modus"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -466,9 +462,9 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Åpne neste innlastede fil"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
@ -476,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Hjelp"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Lukk"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avslutt"
@ -484,16 +480,15 @@ msgstr "Avslutt"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Lagre"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Juster"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Les fil"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Erstatt"
@ -501,11 +496,11 @@ msgstr "Erstatt"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Finn"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Forrige side"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Neste side"
@ -573,100 +568,100 @@ msgstr "Visketast"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Gå til linje"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Finn den andre klammen"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Flytt frem ett tegn"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Flytt tilbake ett tegn"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Første linje"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Siste linje"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Følsomt for store/små bokstavar"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Retning"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regulært uttrykk"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Ingen erstatting"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Til filer"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Gå til"
@ -994,7 +989,6 @@ msgstr "current->data n
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Etter, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Rediger erstatning"
@ -1338,20 +1332,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Søk"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Ta hensyn til store/små bokstaver]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regulært uttrykk]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Bakover]"
@ -1423,7 +1411,6 @@ msgstr "Kom igjen, samarbeid litt"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Ikke en klamme"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Ingen matchende klamme"
@ -1502,9 +1489,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Jeg fikk \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "JjYy"

82
po/nl.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.8\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-04-13 14:40:41+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@nl.linux.org>\n"
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "%d regels gelezen (omgezet van DOS formaat)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" niet gevonden"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nieuw bestand"
@ -56,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "Nieuw bestand"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Bestand \"%s\" is een map"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -138,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "Kon %s niet afsluiten: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Kon %s niet openen om te schrijven: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "Kan niet naar bovenliggende map"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kan hogere map niet bezoeken in beperkte modus"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -460,9 +456,9 @@ msgstr "Open eerder ingeladen bestand"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Open volgend ingeladen bestand"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Toon hulp"
@ -470,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "Toon hulp"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Sluit"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Afsluiten"
@ -478,16 +474,15 @@ msgstr "Afsluiten"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Schrijven"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Uitlijnen"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Lees bestand"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Vervang"
@ -495,11 +490,11 @@ msgstr "Vervang"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Zoek"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Vorige Pagina"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Volgende Pagina"
@ -567,99 +562,99 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Ga naar"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Vind andere rechte haak"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Vorig bestand"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Volgend bestand"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Ga één karakter naar voren"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Ga één karakter naar achteren"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Afbreken"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Eerste regel"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Laatste regel"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Kast-gevoelig"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Richting"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Regexp"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Geen vervanging"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Naar bestanden"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "DOS formaat"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Mac formaat"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Voeg toe"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Voeg toe"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Voer opdracht uit"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Ga naar"
@ -965,7 +960,6 @@ msgstr "current->data nu = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Na afloop, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Bewerk vervanging"
@ -1407,20 +1401,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Zoek"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Kast-gevoelig]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Regexp]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Achterwaarts]"
@ -1492,7 +1480,6 @@ msgstr "Kom zeg, wees redelijk"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Geen rechte haak"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Geen overeenkomende rechte haak"
@ -1571,9 +1558,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Ik kreeg \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Jj"

82
po/nn.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.6\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-26 02:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kjetil Torgrim Homme <kjetilho@linpro.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Leste %d linjer (p
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "«%s» ikkje funne"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
@ -59,7 +58,6 @@ msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Fila «%s» er ein katalog"
# "enhet" = "device", kanskje, men det er litt forvirrande
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -141,7 +139,6 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikkje lukka %s: %s"
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Kunne ikkje opna %s for skriving: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -207,7 +204,6 @@ msgstr "Kan ikkje skifta til foreldrekatalogen"
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kan ikkje gå til foreldrekatalogen i avgrensa modus"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -466,9 +462,9 @@ msgstr "Opna tidlegare lest fil"
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Opna neste leste fil"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Hjelp"
@ -476,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Hjelp"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Lukk"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avslutt"
@ -484,16 +480,15 @@ msgstr "Avslutt"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Lagra"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Brekk om"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Les fil"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Erstatt"
@ -501,11 +496,11 @@ msgstr "Erstatt"
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Finn"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Førre side"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Neste side"
@ -573,100 +568,100 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Gå til linje"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Finn den andre klamma"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
#, fuzzy
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Gå ein bokstav fram"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Gå ein bokstav attende"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Første linje"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Siste linje"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Store/små"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Retning"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Reguttrykk"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Inga erstatting"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Til filer"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Legg til"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Gå til"
@ -986,7 +981,6 @@ msgstr "current->data no = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Etter, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Rediger erstatning"
@ -1409,20 +1403,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Søk"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Skil store/små]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Reguttrykk]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Bakover]"
@ -1494,7 +1482,6 @@ msgstr "Kom igjen, samarbeid litt"
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Ikkje ei klamme"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Inga motsvarande klamme"
@ -1573,9 +1560,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Eg fekk \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "JjYy"

82
po/pl.po
View File

@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.7\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-03-15 11:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Wojciech Kotwica <wkotwica@post.pl>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <translation-team-pl@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ msgstr "Wczytano %d linii (przekonwertowane z formatu DOS)"
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "Nie znaleziono \"%s\""
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Nowy plik"
@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ msgstr "Nowy plik"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "Plik \"%s\" jest katalogiem"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -140,7 +138,6 @@ msgstr "Nie mo
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Nie mo¿na otworzyæ %s do zapisu: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -206,7 +203,6 @@ msgstr "Nie mo
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "W trybie ograniczonym nie mo¿na odwiedziæ katalogu nadrzêdnego"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -462,9 +458,9 @@ msgstr "Otw
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Otwórz nastêpny wczytany plik"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Pomoc"
@ -472,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "Pomoc"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Zamknij"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Wyjd¼"
@ -480,16 +476,15 @@ msgstr "Wyjd
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Zapisz"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Wyjustuj"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Wczytaj plik"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Zast±p"
@ -497,11 +492,11 @@ msgstr "Zast
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Wyszukaj"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Poprz.str."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Nast.str."
@ -569,99 +564,99 @@ msgstr "Backspace"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Przejd¼ do linii"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Znajd¼ nawias do pary"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Poprzedni plik"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Nastêpny plik"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Przejd¼ o znak do przodu"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Przejd¼ o znak wstecz"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Anuluj"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Pierw.lin."
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Ost.lin."
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Wielk.liter"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Kierunek"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Wyr.reg."
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Nie zast."
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Pliki"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "Format DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Format Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Dopisz"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Dopisz"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Przejd¼ do"
@ -987,7 +982,6 @@ msgstr "current->data teraz = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Po, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Edytuj zast±pienie"
@ -1421,20 +1415,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Szukaj"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Uwzgl.wielk.liter]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Wyr.reg.]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Wstecz]"
@ -1506,7 +1494,6 @@ msgstr "Cz
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "To nie nawias"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Brak nawiasu do pary"
@ -1585,9 +1572,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Dosta³em \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "Tt"

6
po/quot.sed Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
s/“”/""/g

19
po/remove-potcdate.sin Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
# from a POT file.
#
# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
x
# Test if the hold space is empty.
s/P/P/
ta
# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
g
d
bb
:a
# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
x
:b
}

82
po/ru.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.8\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-04-18 11:10+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergey A. Ribalchenko <fisher@obu.ck.ua>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <ru@li.org>\n"
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" ÎÅ ÎÁÊÄÅÎ"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "îÏ×ÙÊ æÁÊÌ"
@ -56,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "æÁÊÌ \"%s\" - ÜÔÏ ÄÉÒÅËÔÏÒÉÑ"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -138,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "îÅ ÍÏÇÕ ÏÔËÒÙÔØ %s ÎÁ ÚÁÐÉÓØ: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "îÅ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÏÓÅÔÉÔØ ÐÒÅÄËÁ × ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÅÎÎÏÍ ÒÅÖÉÍÅ"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -460,9 +456,9 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "ïÔËÒÙÔØ ÓÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ ÆÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "ðÏÍÏÝØ"
@ -470,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Close"
msgstr "úÁËÒÙÔØ"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "÷ÙÈÏÄ"
@ -478,16 +474,15 @@ msgstr "
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "úÁÐÉÓÁÔØ"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "÷ÙÒÏ×ÎÑÔØ"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "þÉÔÁÔØæÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "úÁÍÅÎÁ"
@ -495,11 +490,11 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "ðÏÉÓË"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "ðÒÅÄ CÔÒ"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "óÌÅÄ CÔÒ"
@ -567,99 +562,99 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "ôÁÂÕÌÑÃÉÑ"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Enter"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "ë ÓÔÒÏËÅ"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "îÁÊÔÉ äÒÕÇÕÀ óËÏÂËÕ"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "ðÒÅÄÙÄÕÝÉÊ æÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "óÌÅÄÕÀÝÉÊ æÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "÷ÐÅÒÅÄ ÎÁ ÏÄÉÎ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "îÁÚÁÄ ÎÁ ÏÄÉÎ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌ"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "ïÔÍÅÎÉÔØ"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "ðÅÒ×óÔÒÏËÁ"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "ðÏÓÌóÔÒÏËÁ"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "òÅÇúÁ×ÉÓÉÍ"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "îÁÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "æÏÒÍ÷ÙÒ"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "îÅúÁÍÅÝÁÔØ"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "ë æÁÊÌÁÍ"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "ÆÏÒÍÁÔ DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "ÆÏÒÍÁÔ Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "äÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "äÏÂÁ×ÉÔØ"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "÷ÙÐÏÌÎÉÔØ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "ðÅÒÅÊÔÉ ë.."
@ -964,7 +959,6 @@ msgstr "current->data
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "ðÏÓÌÅ, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "òÅÄÁËÔÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÚÁÍÅÎÕ"
@ -1402,20 +1396,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "ðÏÉÓË"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [òÅÇúÁ×ÉÓÉÍ]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [æÏÒÍ÷ÙÒ]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [îÁÚÁÄ]"
@ -1487,7 +1475,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "îÅ ÓËÏÂËÁ"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "îÅÔ ÓÏÏÔ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÀÝÅÊ ÓËÏÂËÉ"
@ -1566,9 +1553,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "ðÏÊÍÁÌ \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "YyäÄ"

82
po/sv.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.8\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-05-13 00:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Christian Rose <menthos@menthos.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <sv@li.org>\n"
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "L
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" kunde inte hittas"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "Ny fil"
@ -56,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "Ny fil"
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "\"%s\" är en katalog"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -138,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "Kunde inte st
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "Kunde inte öppna %s för skrivning: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "Kan inte g
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "Kan inte besöka förälder i begränsat läge"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -460,9 +456,9 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "Öppna nästa inlästa fil"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "Få hjälp"
@ -470,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr "F
msgid "Close"
msgstr "Stäng"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Avsluta"
@ -478,16 +474,15 @@ msgstr "Avsluta"
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "Spara"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "Justera"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "Läs fil"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "Ersätt"
@ -495,11 +490,11 @@ msgstr "Ers
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "Var finns"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "Föreg sid"
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "Nästa sid"
@ -567,101 +562,101 @@ msgstr "Backsteg"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tabb"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "Retur"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "Gå till rad"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "Hitta andra klammern"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "Föregående fil"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "Nästa fil"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "Gå framåt ett tecken"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "Gå bakåt ett tecken"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Avbryt"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "Första raden"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "Sista raden"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "Skiftkänsl"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Riktning"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "Reguljärt uttr"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "Ingen ersättning"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "Till filer"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "DOS-format"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "Mac-format"
# Denna idiotiska meddelandekonstruktion är felrapporterad
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Lägg till"
# Denna idiotiska meddelandekonstruktion är felrapporterad
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "Lägg till"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "Kör kommando"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "Gå till"
@ -965,7 +960,6 @@ msgstr "current->data nu = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Efter, data = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "Redigera en ersättning"
@ -1404,20 +1398,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Sök"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [Skiftlägeskänslig]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [Reguljärt uttryck]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [Baklänges]"
@ -1489,7 +1477,6 @@ msgstr "Kom igen, var nu f
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "Inte en klammer"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "Ingen matchande klammer"
@ -1569,9 +1556,6 @@ msgstr "current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "Jag mottog \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "JjYy"

82
po/uk.po
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nano 1.1.8\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-12 19:29-0400\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2002-05-26 01:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-04-18 08:51+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergey A. Ribalchenko <fisher@obu.ck.ua>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <translation-team-uk@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "\"%s\" not found"
msgstr "\"%s\" ÎÅ ÚÎÁÊÄÅÎÏ"
#. We have a new file
#: files.c:299
msgid "New File"
msgstr "îÏ×ÉÊ ÆÁÊÌ"
@ -56,7 +55,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "File \"%s\" is a directory"
msgstr "æÁÊÌ \"%s\" ¤ ÄÉÒÅËÔÏÒ¦¤À"
#. Don't open character or block files. Sorry, /dev/sndstat!
#: files.c:315
#, c-format
msgid "File \"%s\" is a device file"
@ -138,7 +136,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Could not open %s for prepend: %s"
msgstr "îÅ ÍÏÖÕ ×¦ÄËÒÉÔÉ %s ÄÌÑ ÚÁÐÉÓÕ: %s"
#. Try a rename??
#: files.c:1465 files.c:1474 files.c:1479
#, c-format
msgid "Could not open %s for writing: %s"
@ -204,7 +201,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Can't visit parent in restricted mode"
msgstr "îÅ ÍÏÖÕ ×¦ÄצÄÁÔÉ ÂÁÔØËÁ × ÏÂÍÅÖÅÎÏÍÕ ÒÅÖÉͦ"
#. We can't open this dir for some reason. Complain
#: files.c:2474 files.c:2533
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open \"%s\": %s"
@ -462,9 +458,9 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Open next loaded file"
msgstr "÷¦ÄËÒÉÔÉ ÎÁÓÔÕÐÎÉÊ ÆÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:400 global.c:576 global.c:618 global.c:660 global.c:678
#: global.c:710 global.c:746 global.c:767 global.c:778 global.c:791
#: global.c:813
#: global.c:400 global.c:574 global.c:608 global.c:641 global.c:655
#: global.c:683 global.c:710 global.c:727 global.c:736 global.c:747
#: global.c:767
msgid "Get Help"
msgstr "äÏÐÏÍÏÇÁ"
@ -472,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Close"
msgstr "úÁËÒÉÔÉ"
#: global.c:411 global.c:703 global.c:794
#: global.c:411 global.c:677 global.c:750
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "÷ÉȦÄ"
@ -480,16 +476,15 @@ msgstr "
msgid "WriteOut"
msgstr "úÁÐÉÓÁÔÉ"
#: global.c:420 global.c:537
#: global.c:420 global.c:536
msgid "Justify"
msgstr "÷ÉÒ¦×ÎÀ×ÁÎÎÑ"
#. this is so we can view multiple files
#: global.c:427 global.c:431 global.c:440 global.c:444
msgid "Read File"
msgstr "þÉÔ. æÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:450 global.c:533 global.c:591
#: global.c:450 global.c:532 global.c:587
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "úÁͦÎÁ"
@ -497,11 +492,11 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Where Is"
msgstr "ðÏÛÕË"
#: global.c:458 global.c:695 global.c:798
#: global.c:458 global.c:669 global.c:753
msgid "Prev Page"
msgstr "ðÏÐ.óÔÏÒ."
#: global.c:462 global.c:699 global.c:802
#: global.c:462 global.c:673 global.c:757
msgid "Next Page"
msgstr "îÁÓÔ.óÔÏÒ"
@ -569,99 +564,99 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "ôÁÂÕÌÑæÑ"
#: global.c:541
#: global.c:540
msgid "Enter"
msgstr "÷×ÏÄ"
#: global.c:545 global.c:595 global.c:638
#: global.c:544 global.c:590 global.c:623
msgid "Goto Line"
msgstr "äÏ òÑÄËÁ"
#: global.c:550
#: global.c:549
msgid "Find Other Bracket"
msgstr "úÎÁÊÔÉ äÒÕÇÕ äÕÖËÕ"
#: global.c:556
#: global.c:555
msgid "Previous File"
msgstr "ðÏÐÅÒÅÄÎ¦Ê æÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:559
#: global.c:558
msgid "Next File"
msgstr "îÁÓÔÕÐÎÉÊ ÆÁÊÌ"
#: global.c:565
#: global.c:564
msgid "Next Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:566
#: global.c:565
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move forward one word"
msgstr "÷ÐÅÒÅÄ ÎÁ ÏÄÎÕ Ì¦ÔÅÒÕ"
#: global.c:568
#: global.c:567
msgid "Prev Word"
msgstr ""
#: global.c:569
#: global.c:568
#, fuzzy
msgid "Move backward one word"
msgstr "îÁÚÁÄ ÎÁ ÏÄÎÕ Ì¦ÔÅÒÕ"
#: global.c:580 global.c:622 global.c:664 global.c:681 global.c:740
#: global.c:749 global.c:770 global.c:781 global.c:816 winio.c:1463
#: global.c:577 global.c:611 global.c:644 global.c:658 global.c:705
#: global.c:713 global.c:730 global.c:739 global.c:770 winio.c:1463
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "óËÁÓÕ×ÁÔÉ"
#: global.c:583 global.c:625 global.c:667 global.c:685
#: global.c:580 global.c:614 global.c:647 global.c:661
msgid "First Line"
msgstr "ðÅÒÛÉÊ òÑÄÏË"
#: global.c:587 global.c:629 global.c:671 global.c:689
#: global.c:584 global.c:617 global.c:650 global.c:664
msgid "Last Line"
msgstr "ïÓÔÁÎÎ¦Ê òÑÄÏË"
#: global.c:600 global.c:642
#: global.c:594 global.c:627
msgid "Case Sens"
msgstr "òÅÇúÁÌÅÖ"
#: global.c:604 global.c:646
#: global.c:597 global.c:630
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "îÁÐÒÑÍÏË"
#: global.c:610 global.c:652
#: global.c:601 global.c:634
msgid "Regexp"
msgstr "æÏÒÍ÷ÉÒ"
#: global.c:633
#: global.c:620
msgid "No Replace"
msgstr "îÅ úÁͦÝÁÔÉ"
#: global.c:714 global.c:754
#: global.c:687 global.c:717
msgid "To Files"
msgstr "äÏ æÁÊ̦×"
#: global.c:721
#: global.c:692
msgid "DOS Format"
msgstr "ÆÏÒÍÁÔ DOS"
#: global.c:725
#: global.c:695
msgid "Mac Format"
msgstr "ÆÏÒÍÁÔ Mac"
#: global.c:730
#: global.c:699
msgid "Append"
msgstr "äÏÄÁÔÉ"
#: global.c:735
#: global.c:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Prepend"
msgstr "äÏÄÁÔÉ"
#: global.c:759
#: global.c:721
msgid "Execute Command"
msgstr "÷ÉËÏÎÁÔÉ ËÏÍÁÎÄÕ"
#: global.c:806
#: global.c:761
msgid "Goto"
msgstr "äÏ òÑÄËÁ"
@ -964,7 +959,6 @@ msgstr "current->data
msgid "After, data = \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "ð¦ÓÌÑ, ÄÁΦ = \"%s\"\n"
#. allow replace word to be corrected
#: nano.c:1409
msgid "Edit a replacement"
msgstr "òÅÄÁÇÕ×ÁÔÉ ÚÁͦÎÕ"
@ -1403,20 +1397,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Search"
msgstr "ðÏÛÕË"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:135
msgid " [Case Sensitive]"
msgstr " [òÅÇúÁÌÅÖ]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:139
msgid " [Regexp]"
msgstr " [æÏÒÍ÷ÉÒ]"
#. This string is just a modifier for the search prompt,
#. no grammar is implied
#: search.c:143
msgid " [Backwards]"
msgstr " [îÁÚÁÄ]"
@ -1488,7 +1476,6 @@ msgstr "
msgid "Not a bracket"
msgstr "îÅ ÄÕÖËÁ"
#. didn't find either left or right bracket
#: search.c:936
msgid "No matching bracket"
msgstr "îÅÍÁ צÄÐÏצÄÎϧ ÄÕÖËÉ"
@ -1567,9 +1554,6 @@ msgstr "(winio.c) current->data = \"%s\"\n"
msgid "I got \"%s\"\n"
msgstr "ñ ЦÊÍÁ× \"%s\"\n"
#. Yes, no and all are strings of any length. Each string consists of
#. all characters accepted as a valid character for that value.
#. The first value will be the one displayed in the shortcuts.
#: winio.c:1434
msgid "Yy"
msgstr "YyôÔ"